Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification Version 2.1

Committee Specification Draft 02 /
Public Review Draft 01

06 February 2020

This stage:

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/csprd01/kmip-spec-v2.1-csprd01.docx (Authoritative)

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/csprd01/kmip-spec-v2.1-csprd01.html

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/csprd01/kmip-spec-v2.1-csprd01.pdf

Previous stage:

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/csd01/kmip-spec-v2.1-csd01.docx (Authoritative)

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/csd01/kmip-spec-v2.1-csd01.html

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/csd01/kmip-spec-v2.1-csd01.pdf

Latest stage:

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/kmip-spec-v2.1.docx (Authoritative)

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/kmip-spec-v2.1.html

https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/kmip-spec-v2.1.pdf

Technical Committee:

OASIS Key Management Interoperability Protocol (KMIP) TC

Chairs:

Tony Cox (tony.cox@cryptsoft.com), Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Judith Furlong (Judith.Furlong@dell.com), Dell

Editors:

Tony Cox (tony.cox@cryptsoft.com), Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Charles White (chuck@fornetix.com), Fornetix

Related work:

This specification replaces or supersedes:

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification Version 2.0. Edited by Tony Cox and Charles White. OASIS Standard. Latest stage: https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.0/kmip-spec-v2.0.html.

This specification is related to:

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Profiles Version 2.1. Edited by Tim Chevalier and Tim Hudson. Latest stage: https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-profiles/v2.1/kmip-profiles-v2.1.html.

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Test Cases Version 2.1. Work in progress.

·         Key Management Interoperability Protocol Usage Guide Version 2.1. Work in progress.

Abstract:

This document is intended for developers and architects who wish to design systems and applications that interoperate using the Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification.

Status:

This document was last revised or approved by the OASIS Key Management Interoperability Protocol (KMIP) TC on the above date. The level of approval is also listed above. Check the “Latest stage” location noted above for possible later revisions of this document. Any other numbered Versions and other technical work produced by the Technical Committee (TC) are listed at https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/tc_home.php?wg_abbrev=kmip#technical.

TC members should send comments on this specification to the TC’s email list. Others should send comments to the TC’s public comment list, after subscribing to it by following the instructions at the “Send A Comment” button on the TC’s web page at https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/kmip/.

This specification is provided under the RF on RAND Terms Mode of the OASIS IPR Policy, the mode chosen when the Technical Committee was established. For information on whether any patents have been disclosed that may be essential to implementing this specification, and any offers of patent licensing terms, please refer to the Intellectual Property Rights section of the TC’s web page (https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/kmip/ipr.php).

Note that any machine-readable content (Computer Language Definitions) declared Normative for this Work Product is provided in separate plain text files. In the event of a discrepancy between any such plain text file and display content in the Work Product's prose narrative document(s), the content in the separate plain text file prevails.

Citation format:

When referencing this specification the following citation format should be used:

[kmip-spec-v2.1]

Key Management Interoperability Protocol Specification Version 2.1. Edited by Tony Cox and Charles White. 06 February 2020. Committee Specification Draft 02 / Public Review Draft 01. https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/csprd01/kmip-spec-v2.1-csprd01.html. Latest stage: https://docs.oasis-open.org/kmip/kmip-spec/v2.1/kmip-spec-v2.1.html.

Notices

Copyright © OASIS Open 2020. All Rights Reserved.

All capitalized terms in the following text have the meanings assigned to them in the OASIS Intellectual Property Rights Policy (the "OASIS IPR Policy"). The full Policy may be found at the OASIS website.

This document and translations of it may be copied and furnished to others, and derivative works that comment on or otherwise explain it or assist in its implementation may be prepared, copied, published, and distributed, in whole or in part, without restriction of any kind, provided that the above copyright notice and this section are included on all such copies and derivative works. However, this document itself may not be modified in any way, including by removing the copyright notice or references to OASIS, except as needed for the purpose of developing any document or deliverable produced by an OASIS Technical Committee (in which case the rules applicable to copyrights, as set forth in the OASIS IPR Policy, must be followed) or as required to translate it into languages other than English.

The limited permissions granted above are perpetual and will not be revoked by OASIS or its successors or assigns.

This document and the information contained herein is provided on an "AS IS" basis and OASIS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE INFORMATION HEREIN WILL NOT INFRINGE ANY OWNERSHIP RIGHTS OR ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

OASIS requests that any OASIS Party or any other party that believes it has patent claims that would necessarily be infringed by implementations of this OASIS Committee Specification or OASIS Standard, to notify OASIS TC Administrator and provide an indication of its willingness to grant patent licenses to such patent claims in a manner consistent with the IPR Mode of the OASIS Technical Committee that produced this specification.

OASIS invites any party to contact the OASIS TC Administrator if it is aware of a claim of ownership of any patent claims that would necessarily be infringed by implementations of this specification by a patent holder that is not willing to provide a license to such patent claims in a manner consistent with the IPR Mode of the OASIS Technical Committee that produced this specification. OASIS may include such claims on its website, but disclaims any obligation to do so.

OASIS takes no position regarding the validity or scope of any intellectual property or other rights that might be claimed to pertain to the implementation or use of the technology described in this document or the extent to which any license under such rights might or might not be available; neither does it represent that it has made any effort to identify any such rights. Information on OASIS' procedures with respect to rights in any document or deliverable produced by an OASIS Technical Committee can be found on the OASIS website. Copies of claims of rights made available for publication and any assurances of licenses to be made available, or the result of an attempt made to obtain a general license or permission for the use of such proprietary rights by implementers or users of this OASIS Committee Specification or OASIS Standard, can be obtained from the OASIS TC Administrator. OASIS makes no representation that any information or list of intellectual property rights will at any time be complete, or that any claims in such list are, in fact, Essential Claims.

The name "OASIS" is a trademark of OASIS, the owner and developer of this specification, and should be used only to refer to the organization and its official outputs. OASIS welcomes reference to, and implementation and use of, specifications, while reserving the right to enforce its marks against misleading uses. Please see https://www.oasis-open.org/policies-guidelines/trademark for above guidance.

Table of Contents

1        Introduction. 12

1.1 IPR Policy. 12

1.2 Terminology. 12

1.3 Normative References. 15

1.4 Non-Normative References. 18

1.5 Item Data Types. 18

2        Objects. 19

2.1 Certificate. 19

2.2 Certificate Request 19

2.3 Opaque Object 19

2.4 PGP Key. 19

2.5 Private Key. 20

2.6 Public Key. 20

2.7 Secret Data. 20

2.8 Split Key. 20

2.9 Symmetric Key. 21

3        Object Data Structures. 22

3.1 Key Block. 22

3.2 Key Value. 23

3.3 Key Wrapping Data. 23

3.4 Transparent Symmetric Key. 24

3.5 Transparent DSA Private Key. 25

3.6 Transparent DSA Public Key. 25

3.7 Transparent RSA Private Key. 25

3.8 Transparent RSA Public Key. 26

3.9 Transparent DH Private Key. 26

3.10 Transparent DH Public Key. 26

3.11 Transparent EC Private Key. 26

3.12 Transparent EC Public Key. 27

4        Object Attributes. 28

4.1 Activation Date. 29

4.2 Alternative Name. 30

4.3 Always Sensitive. 30

4.4 Application Specific Information. 31

4.5 Archive Date. 32

4.6 Certificate Attributes. 32

4.7 Certificate Type. 33

4.8 Certificate Length. 34

4.9 Comment 34

4.10 Compromise Date. 34

4.11 Compromise Occurrence Date. 35

4.12 Contact Information. 35

4.13 Cryptographic Algorithm.. 36

4.14 Cryptographic Domain Parameters. 36

4.15 Cryptographic Length. 37

4.16 Cryptographic Parameters. 38

4.17 Cryptographic Usage Mask. 40

4.18 Deactivation Date. 40

4.19 Description. 41

4.20 Destroy Date. 41

4.21 Digest 42

4.22 Digital Signature Algorithm.. 43

4.23 Extractable. 43

4.24 Fresh. 44

4.25 Initial Date. 44

4.26 Key Format Type. 45

4.27 Key Value Location. 46

4.28 Key Value Present 46

4.29 Last Change Date. 47

4.30 Lease Time. 47

4.31 Link. 48

4.32 Name. 49

4.33 Never Extractable. 50

4.34 NIST Key Type. 50

4.35 Object Group. 51

4.36 Object Type. 51

4.37 Opaque Data Type. 52

4.38 Original Creation Date. 52

4.39 PKCS#12 Friendly Name. 53

4.40 Process Start Date. 53

4.41 Protect Stop Date. 54

4.42 Protection Level 55

4.43 Protection Period. 55

4.44 Protection Storage Mask. 55

4.45 Quantum Safe. 56

4.46 Random Number Generator 56

4.47 Revocation Reason. 57

4.48 Rotate Automatic. 58

4.49 Rotate Date. 58

4.50 Rotate Generation. 59

4.51 Rotate Interval 59

4.52 Rotate Latest 60

4.53 Rotate Name. 60

4.54 Rotate Offset 61

4.55 Sensitive. 61

4.56 Short Unique Identifier 62

4.57 State. 62

4.58 Unique Identifier 65

4.59 Usage Limits. 66

4.60 Vendor Attribute. 67

4.61 X.509 Certificate Identifier 67

4.62 X.509 Certificate Issuer 68

4.63 X.509 Certificate Subject 69

5        Attribute Data Structures. 70

5.1 Attributes. 70

5.2 Common Attributes. 70

5.3 Private Key Attributes. 70

5.4 Public Key Attributes. 70

5.5 Attribute Reference. 71

5.6 Current Attribute. 71

5.7 New Attribute. 71

6        Operations. 72

6.1 Client-to-Server Operations. 72

6.1.1 Activate. 73

6.1.2 Add Attribute. 73

6.1.3 Adjust Attribute. 74

6.1.4 Archive. 75

6.1.5 Cancel 76

6.1.6 Certify. 76

6.1.7 Check. 78

6.1.8 Create. 80

6.1.9 Create Key Pair 80

6.1.10 Create Split Key. 82

6.1.11 Decrypt 83

6.1.12 Delegated Login. 85

6.1.13 Delete Attribute. 86

6.1.14 Derive Key. 87

6.1.15 Destroy. 88

6.1.16 Discover Versions. 89

6.1.17 Encrypt 90

6.1.18 Export 92

6.1.19 Get 93

6.1.20 Get Attributes. 94

6.1.21 Get Attribute List 95

6.1.22 Get Constraints. 96

6.1.23 Get Usage Allocation. 97

6.1.24 Hash. 97

6.1.25 Import 99

6.1.26 Interop. 100

6.1.27 Join Split Key. 100

6.1.28 Locate. 101

6.1.29 Log. 104

6.1.30 Login. 104

6.1.31 Logout 105

6.1.32 MAC. 106

6.1.33 MAC Verify. 107

6.1.34 Modify Attribute. 109

6.1.35 Obtain Lease. 110

6.1.36 Ping. 111

6.1.37 PKCS#11. 111

6.1.38 Poll 112

6.1.39 Process. 113

6.1.40 Query. 114

6.1.41 Query Asynchronous Requests. 116

6.1.42 Recover 117

6.1.43 Register 117

6.1.44 Revoke. 119

6.1.45 Re-certify. 120

6.1.46 Re-key. 122

6.1.47 Re-key Key Pair 124

6.1.48 Re-Provision. 126

6.1.49 RNG Retrieve. 127

6.1.50 RNG Seed. 128

6.1.51 Set Attribute. 129

6.1.52 Set Constraints. 129

6.1.53 Set Defaults. 130

6.1.54 Set Endpoint Role. 131

6.1.55 Sign. 131

6.1.56 Signature Verify. 133

6.1.57 Validate. 135

6.2 Server-to-Client Operations. 136

6.2.1 Discover Versions. 136

6.2.2 Notify. 137

6.2.3 Put 138

6.2.4 Query. 139

6.2.5 Set Endpoint Role. 141

7        Operations Data Structures. 142

7.1 Asynchronous Correlation Values. 142

7.2 Asynchronous Request 142

7.3 Authenticated Encryption Additional Data. 142

7.4 Authenticated Encryption Tag. 142

7.5 Capability Information. 143

7.6 Constraint 143

7.7 Constraints. 143

7.8 Correlation Value. 144

7.9 Data. 144

7.10 Data Length. 144

7.11 Defaults Information. 144

7.12 Derivation Parameters. 145

7.13 Extension Information. 146

7.14 Final Indicator 146

7.15 Interop Function. 146

7.16 Interop Identifier 146

7.17 Init Indicator 147

7.18 Key Wrapping Specification. 147

7.19 Log Message. 147

7.20 MAC Data. 148

7.21 Objects. 148

7.22 Object Defaults. 148

7.23 Object Groups. 148

7.24 Object Types. 149

7.25 Operations. 149

7.26 PKCS#11 Function. 149

7.27 PKCS#11 Input Parameters. 149

7.28 PKCS#11 Interface. 149

7.29 PKCS#11 Output Parameters. 150

7.30 PKCS#11 Return Code. 150

7.31 Profile Information. 150

7.32 Profile Version. 150

7.33 Protection Storage Masks. 151

7.34 Right 151

7.35 Rights. 151

7.36 RNG Parameters. 151

7.37 Server Information. 152

7.38 Signature Data. 153

7.39 Ticket 153

7.40 Usage Limits. 153

7.41 Validation Information. 153

8        Messages. 155

8.1 Request Message. 155

8.2 Request Header 155

8.3 Request Batch Item.. 156

8.4 Response Message. 156

8.5 Response Header 156

8.6 Response Batch Item.. 157

9        Message Data Structures. 158

9.1 Asynchronous Correlation Value. 158

9.2 Asynchronous Indicator 158

9.3 Attestation Capable Indicator 158

9.4 Authentication. 158

9.5 Batch Count 159

9.6 Batch Error Continuation Option. 159

9.7 Batch Item.. 159

9.8 Batch Order Option. 159

9.9 Correlation Value (Client) 159

9.10 Correlation Value (Server) 160

9.11 Credential 160

9.12 Maximum Response Size. 162

9.13 Message Extension. 162

9.14 Nonce. 163

9.15 Operation. 163

9.16 Protocol Version. 163

9.17 Result Message. 163

9.18 Result Reason. 164

9.19 Result Status. 164

9.20 Time Stamp. 164

9.21 Unique Batch Item ID. 164

10      Message Protocols. 166

10.1 TTLV. 166

10.1.1 Tag. 166

10.1.2 Type. 166

10.1.3 Length. 167

10.1.4 Value. 167

10.1.5 Padding. 167

10.2 Other Message Protocols. 167

10.2.1 HTTPS. 167

10.2.2 JSON. 168

10.2.3 XML. 168

10.3 Authentication. 168

10.4 Transport 168

11      Enumerations. 169

11.1 Adjustment Type Enumeration. 169

11.2 Alternative Name Type Enumeration. 169

11.3 Asynchronous Indicator Enumeration. 170

11.4 Attestation Type Enumeration. 170

11.5 Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration. 170

11.6 Block Cipher Mode Enumeration. 171

11.7 Cancellation Result Enumeration. 172

11.8 Certificate Request Type Enumeration. 173

11.9 Certificate Type Enumeration. 173

11.10 Client Registration Method Enumeration. 173

11.11 Credential Type Enumeration. 174

11.12 Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration. 174

11.13 Data Enumeration. 176

11.14 Derivation Method Enumeration. 177

11.15 Destroy Action Enumeration. 178

11.16 Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration. 178

11.17 DRBG Algorithm Enumeration. 179

11.18 Encoding Option Enumeration. 179

11.19 Endpoint Role Enumeration. 179

11.20 FIPS186 Variation Enumeration. 180

11.21 Hashing Algorithm Enumeration. 180

11.22 Interop Function Enumeration. 181

11.23 Item Type Enumeration. 181

11.24 Key Compression Type Enumeration. 182

11.25 Key Format Type Enumeration. 182

11.26 Key Role Type Enumeration. 184

11.27 Key Value Location Type Enumeration. 184

11.28 Link Type Enumeration. 185

11.29 Key Wrap Type Enumeration. 186

11.30 Mask Generator Enumeration. 186

11.31 Name Type Enumeration. 186

11.32 NIST Key Type Enumeration. 187

11.33 Object Group Member Enumeration. 188

11.34 Object Type Enumeration. 188

11.35 Opaque Data Type Enumeration. 188

11.36 Operation Enumeration. 188

11.37 Padding Method Enumeration. 190

11.38 PKCS#11 Function Enumeration. 191

11.39 PKCS#11 Return Code Enumeration. 191

11.40 Processing Stage Enumeration. 191

11.41 Profile Name Enumeration. 191

11.42 Protection Level Enumeration. 192

11.43 Put Function Enumeration. 192

11.44 Query Function Enumeration. 193

11.45 Recommended Curve Enumeration. 194

11.46 Result Reason Enumeration. 196

11.47 Result Status Enumeration. 201

11.48 Revocation Reason Code Enumeration. 201

11.49 RNG Algorithm Enumeration. 202

11.50 RNG Mode Enumeration. 202

11.51 Rotate Name Type Enumeration. 202

11.52 Secret Data Type Enumeration. 202

11.53 Shredding Algorithm Enumeration. 203

11.54 Split Key Method Enumeration. 203

11.55 State Enumeration. 203

11.56 Tag Enumeration. 203

11.57 Ticket Type Enumeration. 214

11.58 Unique Identifier Enumeration. 214

11.59 Unwrap Mode Enumeration. 215

11.60 Usage Limits Unit Enumeration. 215

11.61 Validity Indicator Enumeration. 216

11.62 Wrapping Method Enumeration. 216

11.63 Validation Authority Type Enumeration. 217

11.64 Validation Type Enumeration. 217

12      Bit Masks. 218

12.1 Cryptographic Usage Mask. 218

12.2 Protection Storage Mask. 220

12.3 Storage Status Mask. 220

13      Algorithm Implementation. 221

13.1 Split Key Algorithms. 221

14      KMIP Client and Server Implementation Conformance. 222

14.1 KMIP Client Implementation Conformance. 222

14.2 KMIP Server Implementation Conformance. 222

Appendix A. Acknowledgments. 223

Appendix B. Acronyms. 225

Appendix C. List of Figures and Tables. 228

Appendix D. Revision History. 240

 

 


1      Introduction

This document is intended as a specification of the protocol used for the communication (request and response messages) between clients and servers to perform certain management operations on objects stored and maintained by a key management system. These objects are referred to as Managed Objects in this specification. They include symmetric and asymmetric cryptographic keys and digital certificates . Managed Objects are managed with operations that include the ability to generate cryptographic keys, register objects with the key management system, obtain objects from the system, destroy objects from the system, and search for objects maintained by the system. Managed Objects also have associated attributes, which are named values stored by the key management system and are obtained from the system via operations. Certain attributes are added, modified, or deleted by operations.

This specification is complemented by several other documents. The KMIP Usage Guide [KMIP-UG] provides illustrative information on using the protocol. The KMIP Profiles Specification [KMIP-Prof] provides a normative set of base level conformance profiles and authentication suites that include the specific tests used to test conformance with the applicable KMIP normative documents. The KMIP Test Cases [KMIP-TC] provides samples of protocol messages corresponding to a set of defined test cases that are also used in conformance testing.

This specification defines the KMIP protocol version major 2 and minor 1 (see 6.1).

1.1 IPR Policy

This specification is provided under the RF on RAND Terms Mode of the OASIS IPR Policy, the mode chosen when the Technical Committee was established. For information on whether any patents have been disclosed that may be essential to implementing this specification, and any offers of patent licensing terms, please refer to the Intellectual Property Rights section of the TC’s web page (https://www.oasis-open.org/committees/kmip/ipr.php).

1.2 Terminology

The key words “MUST”, “MUST NOT”, “REQUIRED”, “SHALL”, “SHALL NOT”, “SHOULD”, “SHOULD NOT”, “RECOMMENDED”, “MAY”, and “OPTIONAL” in this document are to be interpreted as described in [RFC2119].

For acronyms used in this document, see Appendix B. For definitions not found in this document, see [SP800-57-1].

Term

Definition

Archive

To place information not accessed frequently into long-term storage.

Asymmetric key pair

(key pair)

A public key and its corresponding private key; a key pair is used with a public key algorithm.

Authentication

A process that establishes the origin of information, or determines an entity’s identity.

Authentication code

A cryptographic checksum based on a security function.

Authorization

Access privileges that are granted to an entity; conveying an “official” sanction to perform a security function or activity.

Certificate length

The length (in bytes) of an X.509 public key certificate.

Certification authority

The entity in a Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) that is responsible for issuing certificates, and exacting compliance to a PKI policy.

Ciphertext

Data in its encrypted form.

Compromise

The unauthorized disclosure, modification, substitution or use of sensitive data (e.g., keying material and other security-related information).

Confidentiality

The property that sensitive information is not disclosed to unauthorized entities.

Cryptographic algorithm

A well-defined computational procedure that takes variable inputs, including a cryptographic key and produces an output.

Cryptographic key
(key)

A parameter used in conjunction with a cryptographic algorithm that determines its operation in such a way that an entity with knowledge of the key can reproduce or reverse the operation, while an entity without knowledge of the key cannot. Examples include:

1. The transformation of plaintext data into ciphertext data,

2. The transformation of ciphertext data into plaintext data,

3. The computation of a digital signature from data,

4. The verification of a digital signature,

5. The computation of an authentication code from data, and

6. The verification of an authentication code from data and a received authentication code.

Decryption

The process of changing ciphertext into plaintext using a cryptographic algorithm and key.

Digest (or hash)

The result of applying a hashing algorithm to information.

Digital signature
(signature)

The result of a cryptographic transformation of data that, when properly implemented with supporting infrastructure and policy, provides the services of:

1. origin authentication

2. data integrity, and

3. signer non-repudiation.

Digital Signature Algorithm

A cryptographic algorithm used for digital signature.

Encryption

The process of changing plaintext into ciphertext using a cryptographic algorithm and key.

Hashing algorithm (or hash algorithm, hash function)

An algorithm that maps a bit string of arbitrary length to a fixed length bit string. Approved hashing algorithms satisfy the following properties:

1. (One-way) It is computationally infeasible to find any input that

maps to any pre-specified output, and

2. (Collision resistant) It is computationally infeasible to find any two distinct inputs that map to the same output.

Integrity

The property that sensitive data has not been modified or deleted in an unauthorized and undetected manner.

Key derivation
(derivation)

A function in the lifecycle of keying material; the process by which one or more keys are derived from:

1) Either a shared secret from a key agreement computation or a pre-shared cryptographic key, and

2) Other information.

Key management

The activities involving the handling of cryptographic keys and other related security parameters (e.g., IVs and passwords) during the entire life cycle of the keys, including their generation, storage, establishment, entry and output, and destruction.

Key wrapping
(wrapping)

A method of encrypting and/or MACing/signing keys.

Message Authentication Code (MAC)

A cryptographic checksum on data that uses a symmetric key to detect both accidental and intentional modifications of data.

PGP Key

A RFC 4880-compliant container of cryptographic keys and associated metadata.  Usually text-based (in PGP-parlance, ASCII-armored).

Private key

A cryptographic key used with a public key cryptographic algorithm that is uniquely associated with an entity and is not made public. The private key is associated with a public key. Depending on the algorithm, the private key MAY be used to:

1. Compute the corresponding public key,

2. Compute a digital signature that can be verified by the corresponding public key,

3. Decrypt data that was encrypted by the corresponding public key, or

4. Compute a piece of common shared data, together with other information.

Profile

A specification of objects, attributes, operations, message elements and authentication methods to be used in specific contexts of key management server and client interactions (see [KMIP-Prof]).

Public key

A cryptographic key used with a public key cryptographic algorithm that is uniquely associated with an entity and that MAY be made public. The public key is associated with a private key. The public key MAY be known by anyone and, depending on the algorithm, MAY be used to:

1. Verify a digital signature that is signed by the corresponding private key,

2. Encrypt data that can be decrypted by the corresponding private key, or

3. Compute a piece of shared data.

Public key certificate
(certificate)

A set of data that uniquely identifies an entity, contains the entity's public key and possibly other information, and is digitally signed by a trusted party, thereby binding the public key to the entity.

Public key cryptographic algorithm

A cryptographic algorithm that uses two related keys, a public key and a private key. The two keys have the property that determining the private key from the public key is computationally infeasible.

Public Key Infrastructure

A framework that is established to issue, maintain and revoke public key certificates.

Recover

To retrieve information that was archived to long-term storage.

Split Key

A process by which a cryptographic key is split into n multiple key components, individually providing no knowledge of the original key, which can be subsequently combined to recreate the original cryptographic key. If knowledge of k (where k is less than or equal to n) components is necessary to construct the original key, then knowledge of any k-1 key components provides no information about the original key other than, possibly, its length.

Symmetric key

A single cryptographic key that is used with a secret (symmetric) key algorithm.

Symmetric key algorithm

A cryptographic algorithm that uses the same secret (symmetric) key for an operation and its inverse (e.g., encryption and decryption).

X.509 certificate

The ISO/ITU-T X.509 standard defined two types of certificates – the X.509 public key certificate, and the X.509 attribute certificate. Most commonly (including this document), an X.509 certificate refers to the X.509 public key certificate.

X.509 public key certificate

The public key for a user (or device) and a name for the user (or device), together with some other information, rendered un-forgeable by the digital signature of the certification authority that issued the certificate, encoded in the format defined in the ISO/ITU-T X.509 standard.

Table 1: Terminology

1.3 Normative References

[AWS-SIGV4]          Authenticating Requests (AWS Signature Version 4) https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/API/sig-v4-authenticating- requests.htm

[CHACHA]               D. J. Bernstein. ChaCha, a variant of Salsa20. https://cr.yp.to/chacha/chacha-20080128.pdf

[ECC-Brainpool]     ECC Brainpool Standard Curves and Curve Generation v. 1.0.19.10.2005, http://www.ecc-brainpool.org/download/Domain-parameters.pdf.

[FIPS180-4]             Secure Hash Standard (SHS), FIPS PUB 186-4, March 2012, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips18-4/fips-180-4.pdf.

[FIPS186-4]             Digital Signature Standard (DSS), FIPS PUB 186-4, July 2013, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.186-4.pdf.

[FIPS197]               Advanced Encryption Standard, FIPS PUB 197, November 2001, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips197/fips-197.pdf.

[FIPS198-1]             The Keyed-Hash Message Authentication Code (HMAC), FIPS PUB 198-1, July 2008, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/fips/fips198-1/FIPS-198-1_final.pdf.

[FIPS202]               SHA-3 Standard: Permutation-Based Hash and Extendable-Output Functions, August 2015. http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/FIPS/NIST.FIPS.202.pdf

[IEEE1003-1]           IEEE Std 1003.1, Standard for information technology - portable operating system interface (POSIX). Shell and utilities, 2004.

[ISO16609]              ISO, Banking -- Requirements for message authentication using symmetric techniques, ISO 16609, 2012.

[ISO9797-1]             ISO/IEC, Information technology -- Security techniques -- Message Authentication Codes (MACs) -- Part 1: Mechanisms using a block cipher, ISO/IEC 9797-1, 2011.

[KMIP-Prof]            Key Management Interoperability Protocol Profiles Version 2.1. Edited by Tim Hudson and Tim Chevalier. Latest version: Work in Progress

[PKCS#1]                RSA Laboratories, PKCS #1 v2.1: RSA Cryptography Standard, June 14, 2002, http://www.preserveitall.org/emc-plus/rsa-labs/standards-initiatives/pkcs-rsa-cryptography-standard.htm.

[PKCS#5]                RSA Laboratories, PKCS #5 v2.1: Password-Based Cryptography Standard, October 5, 2006, http://www.preserveitall.org/emc-plus/rsa-labs/standards-initiatives/pkcs-5-password-based-cryptography-standard.htm.

[PKCS#8]                RSA Laboratories, PKCS#8 v1.2: Private-Key Information Syntax Standard, November 1, 1993, http://www.preserveitall.org/emc-plus/rsa-labs/standards-initiatives/pkcs-8-private-key-information-syntax-stand.htm.

[PKCS#10]              RSA Laboratories, PKCS #10 v1.7: Certification Request Syntax Standard, May 26, 2000, http://www.preserveitall.org/emc-plus/rsa-labs/standards-initiatives/pkcs10-certification-request-syntax-standard.htm.

[PKCS#11]              OASIS PKCS#11 Cryptographic Token Interface Base Specification Version 3.0

[POLY1305]            Daniel J. Bernstein. The Poly1305-AES Message-Authentication Code. In Henri Gilbert and Helena Handschuh, editors, Fast Software Encryption: 12th International Workshop, FSE 2005, Paris, France, February 21-23, 2005, Revised Selected Papers, volume 3557 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, pages 32–49. Springer, 2005.

[RFC1319]               B. Kaliski, The MD2 Message-Digest Algorithm, IETF RFC 1319, Apr 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1319.txt.

[RFC1320]               R. Rivest, The MD4 Message-Digest Algorithm, IETF RFC 1320, April 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1320.txt.

[RFC1321]               R. Rivest, The MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm, IETF RFC 1321, April 1992, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1321.txt.

[RFC1421]               J. Linn, Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part I: Message Encryption and Authentication Procedures, IETF RFC 1421, February 1993, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1421.txt.

[RFC1424]               B. Kaliski, Privacy Enhancement for Internet Electronic Mail: Part IV: Key Certification and Related Services, IETF RFC 1424, Feb 1993, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc1424.txt.

[RFC2104]               H. Krawczyk, M. Bellare, R. Canetti, HMAC: Keyed-Hashing for Message Authentication, IETF RFC 2104, February 1997, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2104.txt.

[RFC2119]               Bradner, S., “Key words for use in RFCs to Indicate Requirement Levels”, BCP 14, RFC 2119, March 1997. http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2119.txt.

[RFC2898]               B. Kaliski, PKCS #5: Password-Based Cryptography Specification Version 2.0, IETF RFC 2898, September 2000, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2898.txt.

[RFC2986]               M. Nystrom and B. Kaliski, PKCS #10:  Certification Request Syntax Specification Version 1.7, IETF RFC2986, November 2000, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc2986.txt.

[RFC3447]               J. Jonsson, B. Kaliski, Public-Key Cryptography Standards (PKCS) #1: RSA Cryptography Specifications Version 2.1, IETF RFC 3447, Feb 2003, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3447.txt.

[RFC3629]               F. Yergeau, UTF-8, a transformation format of ISO 10646, IETF RFC 3629, November 2003, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3629.txt.

[RFC3686]               R. Housley, Using Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Counter Mode with IPsec Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP), IETF RFC 3686, January 2004, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3686.txt.

[RFC4210]               C. Adams, S. Farrell, T. Kause and T. Mononen, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Management Protocol (CMP), IETF RFC 4210, September 2005, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4210.txt.

[RFC4211]               J. Schaad, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate Request Message Format (CRMF), IETF RFC 4211, September 2005, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4211.txt.

[RFC4880]               J. Callas, L. Donnerhacke, H. Finney, D. Shaw, and R. Thayer, OpenPGP Message Format, IETF RFC 4880, November 2007, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4880.txt.

[RFC4949]               R. Shirey, Internet Security Glossary, Version 2, IETF RFC 4949, August 2007, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4949.txt.

[RFC5272]               J. Schaad and M. Meyers, Certificate Management over CMS (CMC), IETF RFC 5272, June 2008, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5272.txt.

[RFC5280]               D. Cooper, S. Santesson, S. Farrell, S. Boeyen, R. Housley, W. Polk, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate, IETF RFC 5280, May 2008, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5280.txt.

[RFC5639]               M. Lochter, J. Merkle, Elliptic Curve Cryptography (ECC) Brainpool Standard Curves and Curve Generation, IETF RFC 5639, March 2010, http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5639.txt.

[RFC5869]               H. Krawczyk, HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function (HKDF), IETF RFC5869, May 2010, https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5869

[RFC5958]               S. Turner, Asymmetric Key Packages, IETF RFC5958, August 2010, https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5958.txt

[RFC6402]               J. Schaad, Certificate Management over CMS (CMC) Updates, IETF RFC6402, November 2011, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6402.txt.

[RFC6818]               P. Yee, Updates to the Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate and Certificate Revocation List (CRL) Profile, IETF RFC6818, January 2013, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6818.txt.

[RFC7778]               A. Langley, M. Hamburg, S. Turner Elliptic Curves for Security, IETF RFC7748, January 2016, https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7748

[SEC2]                    SEC 2: Recommended Elliptic Curve Domain Parameters, http://www.secg.org/SEC2-Ver-1.0.pdf.

[SP800-38A]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation – Methods and Techniques, NIST Special Publication 800-38A, December 2001, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38a.pdf

[SP800-38B]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: The CMAC Mode for Authentication, NIST Special Publication 800-38B, May 2005, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38b.pdf

[SP800-38C]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: the CCM Mode for Authentication and Confidentiality, NIST Special Publication 800-38C, May 2004, updated July 2007 http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38c.pdf

[SP800-38D]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: Galois/Counter Mode (GCM) and GMAC, NIST Special Publication 800-38D, Nov 2007, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38d.pdf.

[SP800-38E]            M. Dworkin, Recommendation for Block Cipher Modes of Operation: The XTS-AES Mode for Confidentiality on Block-Oriented Storage Devices, NIST Special Publication 800-38E, January 2010, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-38e.pdf.

[SP800-56A]            E. Barker, L. Chen, A. Roginsky and M. Smid, Recommendation for Pair-Wise Key Establishment Schemes Using Discrete Logarithm Cryptography, NIST Special Publication 800-56A Revision 2, May 2013, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/SpecialPublications/NIST.SP.800-56Ar2.pdf.

[SP800-57-1]           E. Barker, W. Barker, W. Burr, W. Polk, and M. Smid, Recommendations for Key Management - Part 1: General (Revision 3), NIST Special Publication 800-57 Part 1 Revision 3, July 2012, http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/nistpubs/800-57/sp800-57_part1_rev3_general.pdf.

[SP800-108]            L. Chen, Recommendation for Key Derivation Using Pseudorandom Functions (Revised), NIST Special Publication 800-108, Oct 2009, http://nvlpubs.nist.gov/nistpubs/Legacy/SP/nistspecialpublication800-108.pdf.

[X.509]                    International Telecommunication Union (ITU)–T, X.509:  Information technology – Open systems interconnection – The Directory:  Public-key and attribute certificate frameworks, November 2008, http://www.itu.int/rec/recommendation.asp?lang=en&parent=T-REC-X.509-200811-1.

[X9.24-1]                 ANSI, X9.24 - Retail Financial Services Symmetric Key Management - Part 1: Using Symmetric Techniques, 2009.

[X9.31]                    ANSI, X9.31: Digital Signatures Using Reversible Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry (rDSA), September 1998.

[X9.42]                    ANSI, X9.42: Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry: Agreement of Symmetric Keys Using Discrete Logarithm Cryptography, 2003.

[X9.62]                    ANSI, X9.62: Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry, The Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA), 2005.

[X9.63]                    ANSI, X9.63: Public Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry, Key Agreement and Key Transport Using Elliptic Curve Cryptography, 2011.

[X9.102]                  ANSI, X9.102: Symmetric Key Cryptography for the Financial Services Industry - Wrapping of Keys and Associated Data, 2008.

[X9 TR-31]              ANSI, X9 TR-31: Interoperable Secure Key Exchange Key Block Specification for Symmetric Algorithms, 2010.

1.4 Non-Normative References

[ISO/IEC 9945-2]     The Open Group, Regular Expressions, The Single UNIX Specification version 2, 1997, ISO/IEC 9945-2:1993, http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/007908799/xbd/re.html.

[KMIP-UG]              Key Management Interoperability Protocol Usage Guide Version 2.1. Work in progress.

[KMIP-TC]               Key Management Interoperability Protocol Test Cases Version 2.1. Edited by Tim Hudson and Mark Joseph. Latest version: Work in Progress

[RFC6151]               S. Turner and L. Chen, Updated Security Considerations for the MD5 Message-Digest and the HMAC-MD5 Algorithms, IETF RFC6151, March 2011, http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc6151.txt.

[w1979]                   A. Shamir, How to share a secret, Communications of the ACM, vol. 22, no. 11, pp. 612-613, November 1979.

[RFC7292]               K. Moriarty, M. Nystrom, S. Parkinson, A. Rusch, M. Scott. PKCS #12: Personal Information Exchange Syntax v1.1, July 2014, https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7292

1.5 Item Data Types

The following are the data types of which all items (Objects, Attributes and Messages) are composed of Integer, Long Integer, Big Integer, Enumeration, Boolean, Text String, Byte String, Date Time, Interval, Date Time Extended, and Structure.

2      Objects

Managed Objects are objects that are the subjects of key management operations. Managed Cryptographic Objects are the subset of Managed Objects that contain cryptographic material.

2.1 Certificate

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a digital certificate. It is a DER-encoded X.509 public key certificate.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Certificate

Structure

 

Certificate Type

Enumeration

Yes

Certificate Value

Byte String

Yes

Table 2: Certificate Object Structure

2.2 Certificate Request

A Managed Cryptographic Object containing the Certificate Request.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Certificate Request

Structure

 

Certificate Request Type

Enumeration

Yes

Certificate Request Value

Byte String

Yes

Table 3: Certificate Request Structure

2.3 Opaque Object

A Managed Object that the key management server is possibly not able to interpret. The context information for this object MAY be stored and retrieved using Custom Attributes.

An Opaque Object MAY be a Managed Cryptographic Object depending on the client context of usage and as such is treated in the same manner as a Managed Cryptographic Object for handling of attributes.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Opaque Object

Structure

 

Opaque Data Type

Enumeration

Yes

Opaque Data Value

Byte String

Yes

Table 4: Opaque Object Structure

2.4 PGP Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a text-based representation of a PGP key. The Key Block field, indicated below, will contain the ASCII-armored export of a PGP key in the format as specified in RFC 4880. It MAY contain only a public key block, or both a public and private key block. Two different versions of PGP keys, version 3 and version 4, MAY be stored in this Managed Cryptographic Object.

KMIP implementers SHOULD treat the Key Block field as an opaque blob. PGP-aware KMIP clients SHOULD take on the responsibility of decomposing the Key Block into other Managed Cryptographic Objects (Public Keys, Private Keys, etc.).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

PGP Key

Structure

 

PGP Key Version

Integer

Yes

Key Block

Object Data Structure

Yes

Table 5: PGP Key Object Structure

2.5 Private Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is the private portion of an asymmetric key pair.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Private Key

Structure

 

Key Block

Object Data Structure

Yes

Table 6: Private Key Object Structure

2.6 Public Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is the public portion of an asymmetric key pair. This is only a public key, not a certificate.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Public Key

Structure

 

Key Block

Object Data Structure

Yes

Table 7: Public Key Object Structure

2.7 Secret Data

A Managed Cryptographic Object containing a shared secret value that is not a key or certificate (e.g., a password). The Key Block of the Secret Data object contains a Key Value of the Secret Data Type. The Key Value MAY be wrapped.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Secret Data

Structure

 

Secret Data Type

Enumeration

Yes

Key Block

Object Data Structure

Yes

Table 8: Secret Data Object Structure

2.8 Split Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a Split Key. A split key is a secret, usually a symmetric key or a private key that has been split into a number of parts, each of which MAY then be distributed to several key holders, for additional security. The Split Key Parts field indicates the total number of parts, and the Split Key Threshold field indicates the minimum number of parts needed to reconstruct the entire key. The Key Part Identifier indicates which key part is contained in the cryptographic object, and SHALL be at least 1 and SHALL be less than or equal to Split Key Parts.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Split Key

Structure

 

Split Key Parts

Integer

Yes

Key Part Identifier

Integer

Yes

Split Key Threshold

Integer

Yes

Split Key Method

Enumeration

Yes

Prime Field Size

Big Integer

No, REQUIRED only if Split Key Method is Polynomial Sharing Prime Field.

Key Block

Object Data Structure

Yes

Table 9: Split Key Object Structure

2.9 Symmetric Key

A Managed Cryptographic Object that is a symmetric key.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Symmetric Key

Structure

 

Key Block

Structure

Yes

Table 10: Symmetric Key Object Structure

3      Object Data Structures

3.1 Key Block

A Key Block object is a structure used to encapsulate all of the information that is closely associated with a cryptographic key.

The Key Block MAY contain the Key Compression Type, which indicates the format of the elliptic curve public key. By default, the public key is uncompressed.

The Key Block also has the Cryptographic Algorithm and the Cryptographic Length of the key contained in the Key Value field. Some example values are:

Value

Description

RSA keys

Typically 1024, 2048 or 3072 bits in length.

3DES keys

Typically from 112 to 192 bits (depending upon key length and the presence of parity bits).

AES keys

128, 192 or 256 bits in length

Table 11: Key Block Cryptographic Algorithm & Length Description

The Key Block SHALL contain a Key Wrapping Data structure if the key in the Key Value field is wrapped (i.e., encrypted, or MACed/signed, or both).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Block

Structure

 

Key Format Type

Enumeration

Yes

Key Compression Type

Enumeration

No

Key Value

Byte String: for wrapped Key Value; Structure: for plaintext Key Value

No

Cryptographic Algorithm

Enumeration

Yes. MAY be omitted only if this information is available from the Key Value. Does not apply to Secret Data  or Opaque If present, the Cryptographic Length SHALL also be present.

Cryptographic Length

Integer

Yes. MAY be omitted only if this information is available from the Key Value. Does not apply to Secret Data (or Opaque. If present, the Cryptographic Algorithm SHALL also be present.

Key Wrapping Data

Object Data Structure

No. SHALL only be present if the key is wrapped.

Table 12: Key Block Object Structure

3.2 Key Value

The Key Value is used only inside a Key Block and is either a Byte String or a:

·         The Key Value structure contains the key material, either as a byte string or as a Transparent Key structure, and OPTIONAL attribute information that is associated and encapsulated with the key material. This attribute information differs from the attributes associated with Managed Objects, and is obtained via the Get Attributes operation, only by the fact that it is encapsulated with (and possibly wrapped with) the key material itself.

·         The Key Value Byte String is either the wrapped TTLV-encoded Key Value structure, or the wrapped un-encoded value of the Byte String Key Material field.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Value

Structure

 

Key Material

Byte String: for Raw, Opaque, PKCS1, PKCS8, ECPrivateKey, or Extension Key Format types;

Structure: for Transparent, or Extension Key Format Types

Yes

Attributes

Structure

No

Table 13: Key Value Object Structure

3.3 Key Wrapping Data

The Key Block MAY also supply OPTIONAL information about a cryptographic key wrapping mechanism used to wrap the Key Value. This consists of a Key Wrapping Data structure. It is only used inside a Key Block.

This structure contains fields for:

Value

Description

Wrapping Method

Indicates the method used to wrap the Key Value.

Encryption Key Information

Contains the Unique Identifier value of the encryption key and associated cryptographic parameters.

MAC/Signature Key Information

Contains the Unique Identifier value of the MAC/signature key and associated cryptographic parameters.

MAC/Signature

Contains a MAC or signature of the Key Value

IV/Counter/Nonce

If REQUIRED by the wrapping method.

Encoding Option

Specifies the encoding of the Key Material within the Key Value structure of the Key Block that has been wrapped. If No Encoding is specified, then the Key Value structure SHALL NOT contain any attributes.

Table 14: Key Wrapping Data Structure Description

If wrapping is used, then the whole Key Value structure is wrapped unless otherwise specified by the Wrapping Method. The algorithms used for wrapping are given by the Cryptographic Algorithm attributes of the encryption key and/or MAC/signature key; the block-cipher mode, padding method, and hashing algorithm used for wrapping are given by the Cryptographic Parameters in the Encryption Key Information and/or MAC/Signature Key Information, or, if not present, from the Cryptographic Parameters attribute of the respective key(s). Either the Encryption Key Information or the MAC/Signature Key Information (or both) in the Key Wrapping Data structure SHALL be specified.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Wrapping Data

Structure

 

Wrapping Method

Enumeration

Yes

Encryption Key Information

Structure, see below

No. Corresponds to the key that was used to encrypt the Key Value.

MAC/Signature Key Information

Structure, see below

No. Corresponds to the symmetric key used to MAC the Key Value or the private key used to sign the Key Value

MAC/Signature

Byte String

No

IV/Counter/Nonce

Byte String

No

Encoding Option

Enumeration

No. Specifies the encoding of the Key Value Byte String. If not present, the wrapped Key Value structure SHALL be TTLV encoded.

Table 15: Key Wrapping Data Object Structure

The structures of the Encryption Key Information  and the MAC/Signature Key Information  are as follows:

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Encryption Key Information

Structure

 

Unique Identifier

Text string

Yes

Cryptographic Parameters

Structure

No

Table 16: Encryption Key Information Object Structure

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

MAC/Signature Key Information

Structure

 

Unique Identifier

Text string

Yes. It SHALL be either the Unique Identifier of the Symmetric Key used to MAC, or of the Private Key (or its corresponding Public Key) used to sign.

Cryptographic Parameters

Structure

No

Table 17: MAC/Signature Key Information Object Structure

3.4 Transparent Symmetric Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent Symmetric Key, then Key Material is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Key

Byte String

Yes

Table 18: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent Symmetric Keys

3.5 Transparent DSA Private Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent DSA Private Key, then Key Material is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

P

Big Integer

Yes

Q

Big Integer

Yes

G

Big Integer

Yes

X

Big Integer

Yes

Table 19: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DSA Private Keys

3.6 Transparent DSA Public Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent DSA Public Key, then Key Material is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

P

Big Integer

Yes

Q

Big Integer

Yes

G

Big Integer

Yes

Y

Big Integer

Yes

Table 20: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DSA Public Keys

3.7 Transparent RSA Private Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent RSA Private Key, then Key Material is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Modulus

Big Integer

Yes

Private Exponent

Big Integer

No

Public Exponent

Big Integer

No

P

Big Integer

No

Q

Big Integer

No

Prime Exponent P

Big Integer

No

Prime Exponent Q

Big Integer

No

CRT Coefficient

Big Integer

No

Table 21: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent RSA Private Keys

One of the following SHALL be present (refer to [PKCS#1]):

·         Private Exponent,

·         P and Q (the first two prime factors of Modulus), or

·         Prime Exponent P and Prime Exponent Q.

3.8 Transparent RSA Public Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent RSA Public Key, then Key Material is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Modulus

Big Integer

Yes

Public Exponent

Big Integer

Yes

Table 22: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent RSA Public Keys

3.9 Transparent DH Private Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent DH Private Key, then Key Material is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

P

Big Integer

Yes

Q

Big Integer

No

G

Big Integer

Yes

J

Big Integer

No

X

Big Integer

Yes

Table 23: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DH Private Keys

3.10 Transparent DH Public Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent DH Public Key, then Key Material is a.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

P

Big Integer

Yes

Q

Big Integer

No

G

Big Integer

Yes

J

Big Integer

No

Y

Big Integer

Yes

Table 24: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DH Public Keys

3.11 Transparent EC Private Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent EC Private Key, then Key Material is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration

Yes

D

Big Integer

Yes

Table 25: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Private Keys

3.12 Transparent EC Public Key

If the Key Format Type in the Key Block is Transparent EC Public Key, then Key Material is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Material

Structure

 

Recommended Curve

Enumeration

Yes

Q String

Byte String

Yes

Table 26: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Public Keys

 

4      Object Attributes  

The following subsections describe the attributes that are associated with Managed Objects. Attributes that an object MAY have multiple instances of are referred to as multi-instance attributes. All instances of an attribute SHOULD have a different value. Similarly, attributes which an object SHALL only have at most one instance of are referred to as single-instance attributes. Attributes are able to be obtained by a client from the server using the Get Attribute operation. Some attributes are able to be set by the Add Attribute operation or updated by the Modify Attribute operation, and some are able to be deleted by the Delete Attribute operation if they no longer apply to the Managed Object. Read-only attributes are attributes that SHALL NOT be modified by either server or client, and that SHALL NOT be deleted by a client.

When attributes are returned by the server (e.g., via a Get Attributes operation), the attribute value returned SHALL NOT differ for different clients unless specifically noted against each attribute.

The first table in each subsection contains the attribute name in the first row. This name is the canonical name used when managing attributes using the Get Attributes, Get Attribute List, Add Attribute, Modify Attribute, and Delete Attribute operations.

A server SHALL NOT delete attributes without receiving a request from a client until the object is destroyed. After an object is destroyed, the server MAY retain all, some or none of the object attributes, depending on the object type and server policy.

The second table in each subsection lists certain attribute characteristics (e.g., “SHALL always have a value. The server policy MAY further restrict these attribute characteristics.

SHALL always have a value

All Managed Objects that are of the Object Types for which this attribute applies, SHALL always have this attribute set once the object has been created or registered, up until the object has been destroyed.

Initially set by

Who is permitted to initially set the value of the attribute (if the attribute has never been set, or if all the attribute values have been deleted)?

Modifiable by server

Is the server allowed to change an existing value of the attribute without receiving a request from a client?

Modifiable by client

Is the client able to change an existing value of the attribute value once it has been set?

Deletable by client

Is the client able to delete an instance of the attribute?

Multiple instances permitted

Are multiple instances of the attribute permitted?

When implicitly set

Which operations MAY cause this attribute to be set even if the attribute is not specified in the operation request itself?

Applies to Object Types

Which Managed Objects MAY have this attribute set?

Table 27: Attribute Rules

There are default values for some mandatory attributes of Cryptographic Objects. The values in use by a particular server are available via Query. KMIP servers SHALL supply values for these attributes if the client omits them.

Object

Attribute

Symmetric Key

Cryptographic Algorithm

Cryptographic Length

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Private Key

Cryptographic Algorithm

Cryptographic Length

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Public Key

Cryptographic Algorithm

Cryptographic Length

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Certificate

Cryptographic Algorithm

Cryptographic Length

Digital Signature Algorithm

Split Key

Cryptographic Algorithm

Cryptographic Length

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Secret Data

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Table 28: Default Cryptographic Parameters

4.1 Activation Date

The Activation Date attribute contains the date and time when the Managed Object MAY begin to be used. This time corresponds to state transition. The object SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose before the Activation Date has been reached. Once the state transition from Pre-Active has occurred, then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Activation Date

Date-Time

Table 29: Activation Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes, only while in Pre-Active state

Modifiable by client

Yes, only while in Pre-Active state

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Activate Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 30: Activation Date Attribute Rules

4.2 Alternative Name

The Alternative Name attribute is used to identify and locate the object. This attribute is assigned by the client, and the Alternative Name Value is intended to be in a form that humans are able to interpret. The key management system MAY specify rules by which the client creates valid alternative names. Clients are informed of such rules by a mechanism that is not specified by this standard. Alternative Names MAY NOT be unique within a given key management server.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Alternative Name

Structure

 

Alternative Name Value

Text String

Yes

Alternative Name Type

Enumeration

Yes

Table 31: Alternative Name Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

Yes (Only if no value present)

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 32: Alternative Name Attribute Rules

4.3 Always Sensitive

The server SHALL create this attribute, and set it to True if the Sensitive attribute has always been True. The server SHALL set it to False if the Sensitive attribute has ever been set to False.

Item

Encoding

Sensitive

Boolean

Table 33: Always Sensitive Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When Sensitive attribute is set or changed

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 34: Always Sensitive Attribute Rules

4.4 Application Specific Information

The Application Specific Information attribute is a structure used to store data specific to the application(s) using the Managed Object. It consists of the following fields: an Application Namespace and Application Data specific to that application namespace.

Clients MAY request to set (i.e., using any of the operations that result in new Managed Object(s) on the server or adding/modifying the attribute of an existing Managed Object an instance of this attribute with a particular Application Namespace while omitting Application Data. In that case, if the server supports this namespace (as indicated by the Query operation), then it SHALL return a suitable Application Data value. If the server does not support this namespace, then an error SHALL be returned.

 

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Application Specific Information

Structure

 

Application Namespace

Text String

Yes

Application Data

Text String

No

Table 35: Application Specific Information Attribute

 

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server (only if the Application Data is omitted, in the client request)

Modifiable by server

Yes (only if the Application Data is omitted in the client request)

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 36: Application Specific Information Attribute Rules

4.5 Archive Date

The Archive Date attribute is the date and time when the Managed Object was placed in archival storage. This value is set by the server as a part of the Archive operation. The server SHALL delete this attribute whenever a Recover operation is performed.

Item

Encoding

Archive Date

Date-Time

Table 37: Archive Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Archive

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 38: Archive Date Attribute Rules

4.6 Certificate Attributes

The Certificate Attributes are the various items included in a certificate. The following list is based on RFC2253.

Item

Encoding

Certificate Subject CN

Text String

Certificate Subject O

Text String

Certificate Subject OU

Text String

Certificate Subject Email

Text String

Certificate Subject C

Text String

Certificate Subject ST

Text String

Certificate Subject L

Text String

Certificate Subject UID

Text String

Certificate Subject Serial Number

Text String

Certificate Subject Title

Text String

Certificate Subject DC

Text String

Certificate Subject DN Qualifier

Text String

Certificate Issuer CN

Text String

Certificate Issuer O

Text String

Certificate Issuer OU

Text String

Certificate Issuer Email

Text String

Certificate Issuer C

Text String

Certificate Issuer ST

Text String

Certificate Issuer L

Text String

Certificate Issuer UID

Text String

Certificate Issuer Serial Number

Text String

Certificate Issuer Title

Text String

Certificate Issuer DC

Text String

Certificate Issuer DN Qualifier

Text String

Table 39: Certificate Attributes

 

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Certificates

Table 40: Certificate Attribute Rules

4.7 Certificate Type

The Certificate Type attribute is a type of certificate (e.g., X.509).

The Certificate Type value SHALL be set by the server when the certificate is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

 

Certificate Type

Enumeration

 

Table 41: Certificate Type Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Certificates

Table 42: Certificate Type Attribute Rules

4.8 Certificate Length

The Certificate Length attribute is the length in bytes of the Certificate object. The Certificate Length SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Certificate Length

Integer

Table 43: Certificate Length Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

Certificates

Table 44: Certificate Length Attribute Rules

4.9 Comment

The Comment attribute is used for descriptive purposes only. It is not used for policy enforcement. The attribute is set by the client or the server.

 

Item

Encoding

Description

Text String

Table 45: Comment Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 46: Comment Rules

4.10 Compromise Date

The Compromise Date attribute contains the date and time when the Managed Cryptographic Object entered into the compromised state. This time corresponds to state transitions 3, 5, 8, or 10. This time indicates when the key management system was made aware of the compromise, not necessarily when the compromise occurred. This attribute is set by the server when it receives a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason Code of Compromised code, or due to server policy or out-of-band administrative action.

Item

Encoding

Compromise Date

Date-Time

Table 47: Compromise Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Revoke

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 48: Compromise Date Attribute Rules

4.11 Compromise Occurrence Date

The Compromise Occurrence Date attribute is the date and time when the Managed Object was first believed to be compromised. If it is not possible to estimate when the compromise occurred, then this value SHOULD be set to the Initial Date for the object.

Item

Encoding

Compromise Occurrence Date

Date-Time

Table 49: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Revoke

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 50: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute Rules

4.12 Contact Information

The Contact Information attribute is used for descriptive purposes only. It is not used for policy enforcement. The attribute is set by the client or the server.

Item

Encoding

Contact Information

Text String

Table 51: Contact Information Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 52: Contact Information Attribute Rules

4.13 Cryptographic Algorithm

The Cryptographic Algorithm of an object. The Cryptographic Algorithm of a Certificate object identifies the algorithm for the public key contained within the Certificate. The digital signature algorithm used to sign the Certificate is identified in the Digital Signature Algorithm attribute. This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Cryptographic Algorithm

Enumeration

Table 53: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes (except for Secret Data and Opaque Object)

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Certify, Create, Create Key Pair, Re-certify, Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 54: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute Rules

4.14 Cryptographic Domain Parameters

The Cryptographic Domain Parameters attribute is a structure that contains fields that MAY need to be specified in the Create Key Pair Request Payload. Specific fields MAY only pertain to certain types of Managed Cryptographic Objects.

The domain parameter Qlength correponds to the bit length of parameter Q (refer to [RFC7778], [SEC2] and [SP800-56A]).

Qlength applies to algorithms such as DSA and DH. The bit length of parameter P (refer to to [RFC7778], [SEC2] and [SP800-56A]) is specified separately by setting the Cryptographic Length attribute.

Recommended Curve is applicable to elliptic curve algorithms such as ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV.

Item

Encoding

Required

Cryptographic Domain Parameters

Structure

Yes

Qlength

Integer

No

Recommended Curve

Enumeration

No

Table 55: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute Structure

 

Shall always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

Public Keys, Private Keys

Table 56: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute Rules

4.15 Cryptographic Length

For keys, Cryptographic Length is the length in bits of the clear-text cryptographic key material of the Managed Cryptographic Object. For certificates, Cryptographic Length is the length in bits of the public key contained within the Certificate. This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Cryptographic Length

Integer

Table 57: Cryptographic Length Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes (Except for Opaque Object)

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Certify, Create, Create Key Pair, Re-certify, Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 58: Cryptographic Length Attribute Rules

4.16 Cryptographic Parameters

The Cryptographic Parameters attribute is a structure that contains a set of OPTIONAL fields that describe certain cryptographic parameters to be used when performing cryptographic operations using the object. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of Managed Objects. The Cryptographic Parameters attribute of a Certificate object identifies the cryptographic parameters of the public key contained within the Certificate.

The Cryptographic Algorithm is also used to specify the parameters for cryptographic operations. For operations involving digital signatures, either the Digital Signature Algorithm can be specified or the Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm combination can be specified.

Random IV can be used to request that the KMIP server generate an appropriate IV for a cryptographic operation that uses an IV. The generated Random IV is returned in the response to the cryptographic operation.

IV Length is the length of the Initialization Vector in bits. This parameter SHALL be provided when the specified Block Cipher Mode supports variable IV lengths such as CTR or GCM.

Tag Length is the length of the authenticator tag in bytes. This parameter SHALL be provided when the Block Cipher Mode is GCM.

The IV used with counter modes of operation (e.g., CTR and GCM) cannot repeat for a given cryptographic key. To prevent an IV/key reuse, the IV is often constructed of three parts: a fixed field, an invocation field, and a counter as described in [SP800-38A] and [SP800-38D]. The Fixed Field Length is the length of the fixed field portion of the IV in bits. The Invocation Field Length is the length of the invocation field portion of the IV in bits. The Counter Length is the length of the counter portion of the IV in bits.

Initial Counter Value is the starting counter value for CTR mode (for [RFC3686] it is 1).

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Cryptographic Parameters

Structure

 

Block Cipher Mode

Enumeration

No

Padding Method

Enumeration

No

Hashing Algorithm

Enumeration

No

Key Role Type

Enumeration

No

Digital Signature Algorithm

Enumeration

No

Cryptographic Algorithm

Enumeration

No

Random IV

Boolean

No

IV Length

Integer

No unless Block Cipher Mode supports variable IV lengths

Tag Length

Integer

No unless Block Cipher Mode is GCM

Fixed Field Length

Integer

No

Invocation Field Length

Integer

No

Counter Length

Integer

No

Initial Counter Value

Integer

No

Salt Length

Integer

No (if omitted, defaults to the block size of the Mask Generator Hashing Algorithm)

Mask Generator

Enumeration

No (if omitted defaults to MGF1).

Mask Generator Hashing Algorithm

Enumeration

No. (if omitted defaults to SHA-1).

P Source

Byte String

No (if omitted, defaults to an empty byte string for encoding input P in OAEP padding)

Trailer Field

Integer

No (if omitted, defaults to the standard one-byte trailer in PSS padding)

Table 59: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Structure

 

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 60: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Rules

4.17 Cryptographic Usage Mask

The Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute defines the cryptographic usage of a key. This is a bit mask that indicates to the client which cryptographic functions MAY be performed using the key, and which ones SHALL NOT be performed.

 

Item

Encoding

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Integer

Table 61: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes (Except for Opaque Object)

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 62: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute Rules

4.18 Deactivation Date

The Deactivation Date attribute is the date and time when the Managed Object SHALL NOT be used for any purpose, except for decryption, signature verification, or unwrapping, but only under extraordinary circumstances and only when special permission is granted. This time corresponds to state transition 6. This attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed, unless the object is in the Pre-Active or Active state.

Item

Encoding

Deactivation Date

Date-Time

Table 63: Deactivation Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state

Modifiable by client

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Revoke Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 64: Deactivation Date Attribute Rules

4.19 Description

The Description attribute is used for descriptive purposes only. It is not used for policy enforcement. The attribute is set by the client or the server.

 

Item

Encoding

Description

Text String

Table 65: Description Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 66: Description Attribute Rules

4.20 Destroy Date

The Destroy Date attribute is the date and time when the Managed Object was destroyed. This time corresponds to state transitions 2, 7, or 9  This value is set by the server when the object is destroyed due to the reception of a Destroy operation, or due to server policy or out-of-band administrative action.

Item

Encoding

Destroy Date

Date-Time

Table 67: Destroy Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Destroy

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 68: Destroy Date Attribute Rules

4.21 Digest

The Digest attribute is a structure that contains the digest value of the key or secret data (i.e., digest of the Key Material), certificate (i.e., digest of the Certificate Value), or opaque object (i.e., digest of the Opaque Data Value). If the Key Material is a Byte String, then the Digest Value SHALL be calculated on this Byte String. If the Key Material is a structure, then the Digest Value SHALL be calculated on the TTLV-encoded Key Material structure. The Key Format Type field in the Digest attribute indicates the format of the Managed Object from which the Digest Value was calculated. Multiple digests MAY be calculated using different algorithms and/or key format types. If this attribute exists, then it SHALL have a mandatory attribute instance computed with the SHA-256 hashing algorithm and the default Key Value Format for this object type and algorithm. Clients may request via supplying a non-default Key Format Value attribute on operations that create a Managed Object, and the server SHALL produce an additional Digest attribute for that Key Value Type. The digest(s) are static and SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered, provided that the server has access to the Key Material or the Digest Value (possibly obtained via out-of-band mechanisms).

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Digest

Structure

 

Hashing Algorithm

Enumeration

Yes

Digest Value

Byte String

Yes, if the server has access to the Digest Value or the Key Material (for keys and secret data), the Certificate Value (for certificates) or the Opaque Data Value (for opaque objects).

Key Format Type

Enumeration

Yes, if the Managed Object is a key or secret data object.

Table 69: Digest Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes, if the server has access to the Digest Value or the Key Material (for keys and secret data), the Certificate Value (for certificates) or the Opaque Data Value (for opaque objects).

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 70: Digest Attribute Rules

4.22 Digital Signature Algorithm

The Digital Signature Algorithm attribute identifies the digital signature algorithm associated with a digitally signed object (e.g., Certificate).  This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Digital Signature Algorithm

Enumeration

Table 71: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

Yes for PGP keys. No for X.509 certificates.

When implicitly set

Certify, Re-certify, Register

Applies to Object Types

Certificates, PGP keys

Table 72: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute Rules

4.23 Extractable

If False then the server SHALL prevent the object value being retrieved. The server SHALL set its value to True if not provided by the client.

Item

Encoding

Extractable

Boolean

Table 73: Extractable Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When object is created or registered

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 74: Extractable Attribute Rules

4.24 Fresh

The Fresh attribute is a Boolean attribute that indicates that the object has not yet been served to a client using a Get operation. The Fresh attribute SHALL be set to True when a new object is created on the server unless the client provides a False value in Register or Import. The server SHALL change the attribute value to False as soon as the object has been served via the Get operation to a client.

Item

Encoding

Fresh

Boolean

Table 75: Fresh Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 76: Fresh Attribute Rules

4.25 Initial Date

The Initial Date attribute contains the date and time when the Managed Object was first created or registered at the server. This time corresponds to state transition 1. This attribute SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed. This attribute is also set for non-cryptographic objects when they are first registered with the server.

Item

Encoding

Initial Date

Date-Time

Table 77: Initial Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 78: Initial Date Attribute Rules

4.26 Key Format Type

The Key Format Type attribute is a required attribute of a Cryptographic Object. It is set by the server, but a particular Key Format Type MAY be requested by the client if the cryptographic material is produced by the server (i.e., Create, Create Key Pair, Create Split Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Derive Key) on the client’s behalf. The server SHALL comply with the client’s requested format or SHALL fail the request. When the server calculates a Digest for the object, it SHALL compute the digest on the data in the assigned Key Format Type, as well as a digest in the default KMIP Key Format Type for that type of key and the algorithm requested (if a non-default value is specified).

Object

Encoding

Key Format Type

Enumeration

Table 79: Key Format Type Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 80: Key Format Type Attribute Rules

Keys have a default Key Format Type that SHALL be produced by KMIP servers. The default Key Format Type by object (and algorithm) is listed in the following table:

Object

Default Key Format Type

Certificate

X.509

Certificate Request

PKCS#10

Opaque Object

Opaque

PGP Key

Raw

Secret Data

Raw

Symmetric Key

Raw

Split Key

Raw

RSA Private Key

PKCS#1

RSA Public Key

PKCS#1

EC Private Key

Transparent EC Private Key

EC Public Key

Transparent EC Public Key

DSA Private Key

Transparent DSA Private Key

DSA Public Key

Transparent DSA Public Key

Table 81: Default Key Format Type, by Object

4.27 Key Value Location

Key Value Location MAY be specified by the client when the Key Value is omitted from the Key Block in a Register request. Key Value Location is used to indicate the location of the Key Value absent from the object being registered..

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Value Location

Structure

 

Key Value Location Value

Text String

Yes

Key Value Location Type

Enumeration

Yes

Table 82: Key Value Location Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Never

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 83: Key Value Location Attribute Rules

4.28 Key Value Present

Key Value Present is an attribute of the managed object created by the server. It SHALL NOT be specified by the client in a Register request. Key Value Present SHALL be created by the server if the Key Value is absent from the Key Block in a Register request. The value of Key Value Present SHALL NOT be modified by either the client or the server. Key Value Present attribute MAY be used as a part of the Locate operation.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Value Present

Boolean

 No

Table 84: Key Value Present Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

During Register operation

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 85: Key Value Present Attribute Rules

4.29 Last Change Date

The Last Change Date attribute contains the date and time of the last change of the specified object.

Item

Encoding

Last Change Date

Date-Time

Table 86: Last Change Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Activate, Revoke, Destroy, Archive, Recover, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Add Attribute, Modify Attribute, Delete Attribute, Get Usage Allocation

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 87: Last Change Date Attribute Rules

4.30 Lease Time

The Lease Time attribute defines a time interval for a Managed Object beyond which the client SHALL NOT use the object without obtaining another lease. This attribute always holds the initial length of time allowed for a lease, and not the actual remaining time. Once its lease expires, the client is only able to renew the lease by calling Obtain Lease. A server SHALL store in this attribute the maximum Lease Time it is able to serve and a client obtains the lease time (with Obtain Lease) that is less than or equal to the maximum Lease Time. This attribute is read-only for clients. It SHALL be modified by the server only.

Item

Encoding

Lease Time

Interval

Table 88: Lease Time Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 89: Lease Time Attribute Rules

4.31 Link

The Link attribute is a structure used to create a link from one Managed Cryptographic Object to another, closely related target Managed Cryptographic Object. The link has a type, and the allowed types differ, depending on the Object Type of the Managed Cryptographic Object, as listed below. The Linked Object Identifier identifies the target Managed Cryptographic Object by its Unique Identifier. The link contains information about the association between the Managed Objects (e.g., the private key corresponding to a public key; the parent certificate for a certificate in a chain; or for a derived symmetric key, the base key from which it was derived).

The Link attribute SHOULD be present for private keys and public keys for which a certificate chain is stored by the server, and for certificates in a certificate chain.

Note that it is possible for a Managed Object to have multiple instances of the Link attribute (e.g., a Private Key has links to the associated certificate, as well as the associated public key; a Certificate object has links to both the public key and to the certificate of the certification authority (CA) that signed the certificate).

It is also possible that a Managed Object does not have links to associated cryptographic objects. This MAY occur in cases where the associated key material is not available to the server or client (e.g., the registration of a CA Signer certificate with a server, where the corresponding private key is held in a different manner).

Encoding

Description

Text String

Unique Identifier of a Managed Object.

Enumeration

Unique Identifier  Enumeration

Integer

Zero based nth Unique Identifier in the response. If negative the count is backwards from the beginning of the current operation’s batch item.

Table 90: Linked Object Identifier encoding descriptions

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Link

Structure

 

Link Type

Enumeration

Yes

Linked Object Identifier

Text String/Enumeration/Integer

Yes

Table 91: Link Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Register

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 92: Link Attribute Structure Rules

4.32 Name

The Name attribute is a structure used to identify and locate an object. This attribute is assigned by the client, and the Name Value is intended to be in a form that humans are able to interpret. The key management system MAY specify rules by which the client creates valid names. Clients are informed of such rules by a mechanism that is not specified by this standard. Names SHALL be unique within a given key management server, but are NOT REQUIRED to be globally unique.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Name

Structure

 

Name Value

Text String

Yes

Name Type

Enumeration

Yes

Table 93: Name Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 94: Name Attribute Rules

4.33 Never Extractable

The server SHALL create this attribute, and set it to True if the Extractable attribute has always been False.

The server SHALL set it to False if the Extractable attribute has ever been set to True.

Item

Encoding

Never Extractable

Boolean

Table 95: Never Extractable Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When Never Extractable attribute is

set or changed

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 96: Never Extractable Attribute Rules

4.34 NIST Key Type

The NIST SP800-57 Key Type is an attribute of a Key (or Secret Data object). It MAY be set by the client, preferably when the object is registered or created.  Although the attribute is optional, once set, MAY NOT be deleted or modified by either the client or the server.  This attribute is intended to reflect the NIST SP-800-57 view of cryptographic material, so an object SHOULD have only one usage (see [SP800-57-1] for rationale), but this is not enforced at the server.

Item

 

Encoding

NIST Key Type

 

Enumeration

Table 97 SP800-57 Key Type Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 98 SP800-57 Key Type Attribute Rules

4.35 Object Group

A Managed Object MAY be part of a group of objects. An object MAY belong to more than one group of objects. To assign an object to a group of objects, the object group name SHOULD be set into this attribute.

Item

Encoding

Object Group

Text String

Table 99: Object Group Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

Yes

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 100: Object Group Attribute Rules

4.36 Object Type

The Object Type of a Managed Object (e.g., public key, private key, symmetric key, etc.) SHALL be set by the server when the object is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Object Type

Enumeration

Table 101: Object Type Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 102: Object Type Attribute Rules

4.37 Opaque Data Type

The Opaque Data Type of an Opaque Object SHALL be set by the server when the object is registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Opaque Data Type

Enumeration

Table 103: Opaque Data Type Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register

Applies to Object Types

Opaque Objects

Table 104: Opaque Data Type Attribute Rules

4.38 Original Creation Date

The Original Creation Date attribute contains the date and time the object was originally created, which can be different from when the object is registered with a key management server.

It is OPTIONAL for an object being registered by a client. The Original Creation Date MAY be set by the client during a Register operation. If no Original Creation Date attribute was set by the client during a Register operation, it MAY do so at a later time through an Add Attribute operation for that object.

It is mandatory for an object created on the server as a result of a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair operation. In such cases the Original Creation Date SHALL be set by the server and SHALL be the same as the Initial Date attribute.

In all cases, once the Original Creation Date is set, it SHALL NOT be deleted or updated.

Item

Encoding

Original Creation Date

Date-Time

Table 105: Original Creation Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server (when object is generated by Server)

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 106: Original Creation Date Attribute Rules

4.39 PKCS#12 Friendly Name

PKCS#12 Friendly Name is an attribute used for descriptive purposes. If supplied on a Register Private Key with Key Format Type PKCS#12, it informs the server of the alias/friendly name (see [RFC7292]) under which the private key and its associated certificate chain SHALL be found in the Key Material. If no such alias/friendly name is supplied, the server SHALL record the alias/friendly name (if any) it finds for the first Private Key in the Key Material.  

When a Get with Key Format Type PKCS#12 is issued, this attribute informs the server what alias/friendly name the server SHALL use when encoding the response.  If this attribute is absent for the object on which the Get is issued, the server SHOULD use an alias/friendly name of “alias”.  Since the PKCS#12 Friendly Name is defined in ASN.1 with an EQUALITY MATCHING RULE of caseIgnoreMatch, clients and servers SHOULD utilize a lowercase text string.

Item

Encoding

PKCS#12 Friendly Name

Text String

Table 107: PKCS#12 Friendly Name Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 108: Friendly Name Attribute Rules

4.40 Process Start Date

The Process Start Date attribute is the date and time when a valid Managed Object MAY begin to be used to process cryptographically protected information (e.g., decryption or unwrapping), depending on the value of its Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. The object SHALL NOT be used for these cryptographic purposes before the Process Start Date has been reached. This value MAY be equal to or later than, but SHALL NOT precede, the Activation Date. Once the Process Start Date has occurred, then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Process Start Date

Date-Time

Table 109: Process Start Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as long as the Process Start Date has been not reached.

Modifiable by client

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as long as the Process Start Date has been not reached.

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Register, Derive Key, Re-key

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 110: Process Start Date Attribute Rules

4.41 Protect Stop Date

The Protect Stop Date attribute is the date and time after which a valid Managed Object SHALL NOT be used for applying cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption or wrapping), depending on the value of its Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. This value MAY be equal to or earlier than, but SHALL NOT be later than the Deactivation Date. Once the Protect Stop Date has occurred, then this attribute SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

Protect Stop Date

Date-Time

Table 111: Protect Stop Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server or Client

Modifiable by server

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as long as the Protect Stop Date has not been reached.

Modifiable by client

Yes, only while in Pre-Active or Active state and as long as the Protect Stop Date has not been reached.

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Register, Derive Key, Re-key

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 112: Protect Stop Date Attribute Rules

4.42 Protection Level

The Protection Level attribute is the Level of protection required for a given object.

Item

Encoding

Protection Level

Enumeration

Table 113: Protection Level Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

 

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 114: Protection Level Attribute Rules

4.43 Protection Period

The Protection Period attribute is the period of time for which the output of an operation or a Managed Cryptographic Object SHALL remain safe. The Protection Period is specified as an Interval.

Item

Encoding

Protection Period

Interval

Table 115: Protection Period Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

 

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 116: Protection Period Attribute Rules

4.44 Protection Storage Mask

The Protection Storage Mask attribute records which of the requested mask values have been used for protection storage.

Item

Encoding

Protection Storage Mask

Integer

Table 117: Protection Storage Mask

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When object is stored

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 118: Protection Storage Mask Rules

 

4.45 Quantum Safe

The Quantum Safe attribute is a flag to be set to indicate an object is required to be Quantum Safe for the given Protection Period and Protection Level.

Item

Encoding

Quantum Safe

Boolean

Table 119: Quantum Safe Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

 

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 120: Quantum Safe Attribute Rules

4.46 Random Number Generator

The Random Number Generator attribute contains the details of the random number generator used during the creation of the managed cryptographic object.

The Random Number Generator MAY be set by the client during a Register operation. If no Random Number Generator attribute was set by the client during a Register operation, it MAY do so at a later time through an Add Attribute operation for that object.

It is mandatory for an object created on the server as a result of a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair operation. In such cases the Random Number Generator SHALL be set by the server depending on which random number generator was used. If the specific details of the random number generator are unknown then the RNG Algorithm within the RNG Parameters structure SHALL be set to Unspecified.

If one or more Random Number Generator attribute values are provided in the Attributes in a Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, or Re-key Key Pair operation then the server SHALL use a random number generator that matches one of the Random Number Generator attributes. If the server does not support or is otherwise unable to use a matching random number generator then it SHALL fail the request.

The Random Number Generator attribute SHALL NOT be copied from the original object in a Re-key or Re-key Key Pair operation.

In all cases, once the Random Number Generator attribute is set, it SHALL NOT be deleted or updated.

Note: the encoding is the same as the RNG Parameters structure using a different tag; it does not contain a nested RNG Parameters structure.

Item

Encoding

Random Number Generator

RNG Parameters

Table 121: Random Number Generator Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client (when the object is generated by the Client and registered) or Server (when object is generated by Server)

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 122: Random Number Generator Attribute Rules

4.47 Revocation Reason

The Revocation Reason attribute is a structure used to indicate why the Managed Cryptographic Object was revoked (e.g., “compromised”, “expired”, “no longer used”, etc.). This attribute is only set by the server as a part of the Revoke Operation.

The Revocation Message is an OPTIONAL field that is used exclusively for audit trail/logging purposes and MAY contain additional information about why the object was revoked (e.g., “Laptop stolen”, or “Machine decommissioned”).

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Revocation Reason

Structure

 

Revocation Reason Code

Enumeration

Yes

Revocation Message

Text String

No

Table 123: Revocation Reason Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Revoke

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 124: Revocation Reason Attribute Rules

4.48 Rotate Automatic

If set to True, specifies the Managed Object will be automatically rotated by the server using the Rotate Interval via the equivalent of the ReKey, ReKeyKeyPair or ReCertify operation performed by the server.

Item

Encoding

Rotate Automatic

Boolean

Table 125: Rotate Automatic Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

N/A

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 126: Rotate Automatic Attribute Rules

4.49 Rotate Date

The time when the Managed Object was rotated. 

Item

Encoding

Rotate Date

Date Time

Table 127: Rotate Date Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When object is rotated

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 128: Rotate Date Attribute Rules

4.50 Rotate Generation

The count from zero of the number of automatic rotates or ReKey, ReKeyKeyPair, or ReCertify operations that have occurred in order to create this Managed Object.

Item

Encoding

Rotate Generation

Integer

Table 129: Rotate Generation Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When object is rotated

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 130: Rotate Generation Attribute Rules

4.51 Rotate Interval

If set and Rotate Automatic is set to True, then automatic rotation of the Managed Object is performed by the server when the difference between the Initial Date of the Managed Object and the current server time reaches or exceeds this value.

Item

Encoding

Rotate Interval

Interval

Table 131: Rotate Interval Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When created or registered

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 132: Rotate Interval Attribute Rules

4.52 Rotate Latest

If set to True, specifies the Managed Object is the most recent object of the set of rotated Managed Objects.

Item

Encoding

Rotate Latest

Boolean

Table 133: Rotate Latest Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When object is rotated by the server

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 134: Rotate Latest Attribute Rules

4.53 Rotate Name

The Rotate Name attribute is used to identify a set of managed objects that have been rotated. This attribute is assigned by the client, and the Rotate Name Value is intended to be in a form that humans are able to interpret. The key management system MAY specify rules by which the client creates valid rotate names. Clients are informed of such rules by a mechanism that is not specified by this standard. Rotate Names MAY NOT be unique within a given key management server.

Item

Encoding

Encoding

Rotate Name

Structure

 

Rotate Name Value

Text String

Yes

Rotate Name Type

Enumeration

Yes

Table 135: Rotate Name Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

Yes

Multiple instances permitted

No

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 136: Rotate Name Attribute Rules

4.54 Rotate Offset

When automatic rotation of the Managed Object is performed by the server, specifies the Offset value to use in the equivalent of the ReKey, ReKeyKeyPair or ReCertify operation performed by the server.

Item

Encoding

Rotate Offset

Interval

Table 137: Rotate Offset Attribute

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When object is created or registered

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 138: Rotate Offset Attribute Rules

4.55 Sensitive

If True then the server SHALL prevent the object value being retrieved (via the Get operation) unless it is wrapped by another key. The server SHALL set the value to False if the value is not provided by the client.

 

Item

Encoding

Sensitive

Boolean

Table 139: Sensitive Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Client or Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

When object is created or registered

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 140: Sensitive Attribute Rules

4.56 Short Unique Identifier

The Short Unique Identifier is generated by the key management system to uniquely identify a Managed Object using a shorter identifier. It is only REQUIRED to be unique within the identifier space managed by a single key management system, however this identifier SHOULD be globally unique in order to allow for a key management server export of such objects. This attribute SHALL be assigned by the key management system upon creation or registration of a Unique Identifier, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

The Short Unique Identifier SHOULD be generated as a SHA-256 hash of the Unique Identifier and SHALL be a 32 byte byte string.

Item

Encoding

Short Unique Identifier

Byte String

Table 141: Unique Identifier Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 142: Short Unique Identifier Attribute Rules

4.57 State

This attribute is an indication of the State of an object as known to the key management server. The State SHALL NOT be changed by using the Modify Attribute operation on this attribute. The State SHALL only be changed by the server as a part of other operations or other server processes. An object SHALL be in one of the following states at any given time.

Note: The states correspond to those described in [SP800-57-1].

 

Figure 1: Cryptographic Object States and Transitions

 

·         Pre-Active: The object exists and SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose.

·         Active: The object SHALL be transitioned to the Active state prior to being used for any cryptographic purpose. The object SHALL only be used for all cryptographic purposes that are allowed by its Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. If a Process Start Date attribute is set, then the object SHALL NOT be used for cryptographic purposes prior to the Process Start Date. If a Protect Stop attribute is set, then the object SHALL NOT be used for cryptographic purposes after the Process Stop Date.

·         Deactivated: The object SHALL NOT be used for applying cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption, signing, wrapping, MACing, deriving) . The object SHALL only be used for cryptographic purposes permitted by the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute. The object SHOULD only be used to process cryptographically-protected information (e.g., decryption, signature verification, unwrapping, MAC verification under extraordinary circumstances and when special permission is granted.

·         Compromised: The object SHALL NOT be used for applying cryptographic protection (e.g., encryption, signing, wrapping, MACing, deriving). The object SHOULD only be used to process cryptographically-protected information (e.g., decryption, signature verification, unwrapping, MAC verification in a client that is trusted to use managed objects that have been compromised. The object SHALL only be used for cryptographic purposes permitted by the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute.

·         Destroyed: The object SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose.

·         Destroyed Compromised: The object SHALL NOT be used for any cryptographic purpose; however its compromised status SHOULD be retained for audit or security purposes.

State transitions occur as follows:

1.     The transition from a non-existent key to the Pre-Active state is caused by the creation of the object. When an object is created or registered, it automatically goes from non-existent to Pre-Active. If, however, the operation that creates or registers the object contains an Activation Date that has already occurred, then the state immediately transitions from Pre-Active to Active. In this case, the server SHALL set the Activation Date attribute to the value specified in the request, or fail the request attempting to create or register the object, depending on server policy. If the operation contains an Activation Date attribute that is in the future, or contains no Activation Date, then the Cryptographic Object is initialized in the key management system in the Pre-Active state.

2.     The transition from Pre-Active to Destroyed is caused by a client issuing a Destroy operation. The server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.

3.     The transition from Pre-Active to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason Code of Compromised.

4.     The transition from Pre-Active to Active SHALL occur in one of three ways:

·         The Activation Date is reached,

·         A client successfully issues a Modify Attribute operation, modifying the Activation Date to a date in the past, or the current date, or

·         A client issues an Activate operation on the object. The server SHALL set the Activation Date to the time the Activate operation is received.

5.     The transition from Active to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason Code of Compromised.

6.     The transition from Active to Deactivated SHALL occur in one of three ways:

·         The object's Deactivation Date is reached,

·         A client issues a Revoke operation, with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason Code other than Compromised, or

·         The client successfully issues a Modify Attribute operation, modifying the Deactivation Date to a date in the past, or the current date.

7.     The transition from Deactivated to Destroyed is caused by a client issuing a Destroy operation, or by a server, both in accordance with server policy. The server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.

8.     The transition from Deactivated to Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason Code of Compromised.

9.     The transition from Compromised to Destroyed Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Destroy operation, or by a server, both in accordance with server policy. The server destroys the object when (and if) server policy dictates.

10.  The transition from Destroyed to Destroyed Compromised is caused by a client issuing a Revoke operation with a Revocation Reason containing a Revocation Reason Code of Compromised.

Only the transitions described above are permitted.

Item

Encoding

State

Enumeration

Table 143: State Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

No, but only by the server in response to certain requests (see above)

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Activate, Revoke, Destroy, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 144: State Attribute Rules

4.58 Unique Identifier

The Unique Identifier is generated by the key management system to uniquely identify a Managed Object. It is only REQUIRED to be unique within the identifier space managed by a single key management system, however this identifier SHOULD be globally unique in order to allow for a key management server export of such objects. This attribute SHALL be assigned by the key management system at creation or registration time, and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Encoding

Description

Text String

Unique Identifier of a Managed Object.

Enumeration

Unique Identifier  Enumeration

Integer

Zero based nth Unique Identifier in the response. If negative the count is backwards from the beginning of the current operation’s batch item.

Table 145: Unique Identifier encoding descriptions

Item

Encoding

Unique Identifier

Text String, Enumeration or Integer

Table 146: Unique Identifier Attribute

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Certify, Re-certify, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 147: Unique Identifier Attribute Rules

4.59 Usage Limits

The Usage Limits attribute is a mechanism for limiting the usage of a Managed Object. It only applies to Managed Objects that are able to be used for applying cryptographic protection and it SHALL only reflect their usage for applying that protection (e.g., encryption, signing, etc.). This attribute does not necessarily exist for all Managed Cryptographic Objects, since some objects are able to be used without limit for cryptographically protecting data, depending on client/server policies. Usage for processing cryptographically protected data (e.g., decryption, verification, etc.) is not limited. The Usage Limits attribute contains the Usage Limit structure which has the three following fields:

Value

Description

Usage Limits Total

The total number of Usage Limits Units allowed to be protected. This is the total value for the entire life of the object and SHALL NOT be changed once the object begins to be used for applying cryptographic protection.

Usage Limits Count

The currently remaining number of Usage Limits Units allowed to be protected by the object.

 

Usage Limits Unit

The type of quantity for which this structure specifies a usage limit (e.g., byte, object).

Table 148;: Usage Limits Descriptions

 

When the attribute is initially set (usually during object creation or registration), the Usage Limits Count is set to the Usage Limits Total value allowed for the useful life of the object, and are decremented when the object is used. The server SHALL ignore the Usage Limits Count value if the attribute is specified in an operation that creates a new object. Changes made via the Modify Attribute operation reflect corrections to the Usage Limits Total value, but they SHALL NOT be changed once the Usage Limits Count value has changed by a Get Usage Allocation operation. The Usage Limits Count value SHALL NOT be set or modified by the client via the Add Attribute or Modify Attribute operations.

SHALL always have a value

No

Initially set by

Server (Usage Limits Total, Usage Limits Count, and Usage Limits Unit) or Client (Usage Limits Total and/or Usage Limits Unit only)

Modifiable by server

Yes

Modifiable by client

Yes (Usage Limits Total and/or Usage Limits Unit only, as long as Get Usage Allocation has not been performed)

Deletable by client

Yes, as long as Get Usage Allocation has not been performed

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Create, Create Key Pair, Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Get Usage Allocation

Applies to Object Types

All Objects

Table 149: Usage Limits Attribute Rules

4.60 Vendor Attribute

A vendor specific Attribute is a structure used for sending and receiving a Managed Object attribute. The Vendor Identification and Attribute Name are text-strings that are used to identify the attribute. The Attribute Value is either a primitive data type or structured object, depending on the attribute. Vendor identification values “x” and “y” are reserved for KMIP v2.0 and later implementations referencing KMIP v1.x Custom Attributes.

Vendor Attributes created by the client with Vendor Identification “x” are not created (provided during object creation), set, added, adjusted, modified or deleted by the server.

Vendor Attributes created by the server with Vendor Identification “y” are not created (provided during object creation), set, added, adjusted, modified or deleted by the client.

 

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Attribute

Structure

 

Vendor Identification

Text String (with usage limited to alphanumeric, underscore and period – i.e. [A-Za-z0-9_.])

Yes

Attribute Name

Text String

Yes

Attribute Value

Varies, depending on attribute.

Yes, except for the Notify operation

Table 150: Attribute Object Structure

4.61 X.509 Certificate Identifier

The X.509 Certificate Identifier attribute is a structure used to provide the identification of an X.509 public key certificate. The X.509 Certificate Identifier contains the Issuer Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Issuer field of the X.509 certificate) and the Certificate Serial Number (i.e., from the Serial Number field of the X.509 certificate).  The X.509 Certificate Identifier SHALL be set by the server when the X.509 certificate is created or registered and then SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

X.509 Certificate Identifier

Structure

 

Issuer Distinguished Name

Byte String

Yes

Certificate Serial Number

Byte String

Yes

Table 151: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

X.509 Certificates

Table 152: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute Rules

4.62 X.509 Certificate Issuer

The X.509 Certificate Issuer attribute is a structure used to identify the issuer of a X.509 certificate, containing the Issuer Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Issuer field of the X.509 certificate). It MAY include one or more alternative names (e.g., email address, IP address, DNS name) for the issuer of the certificate (i.e., from the Issuer Alternative Name extension within the X.509 certificate). The server SHALL set these values based on the information it extracts from a X.509 certificate that is created as a result of a Certify or a Re-certify operation or is sent as part of a Register operation. These values SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

X.509 Certificate Issuer

Structure

 

Issuer Distinguished Name

Byte String

Yes

Issuer Alternative Name

Byte String, MAY be repeated

No

Table 153: X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

X.509 Certificates

Table 154: X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Rules

4.63 X.509 Certificate Subject

The X.509 Certificate Subject attribute is a structure used to identify the subject of a X.509 certificate. The X.509 Certificate Subject contains the Subject Distinguished Name (i.e., from the Subject field of the X.509 certificate). It MAY include one or more alternative names (e.g., email address, IP address, DNS name) for the subject of the X.509 certificate (i.e., from the Subject Alternative Name extension within the X.509 certificate).  The X.509 Certificate Subject SHALL be set by the server based on the information it extracts from the X.509 certificate that is created (as a result of a Certify or a Re-certify operation) or registered (as part of a Register operation) and SHALL NOT be changed or deleted before the object is destroyed.

If the Subject Alternative Name extension is included in the X.509 certificate and is marked critical within the X.509 certificate itself, then an X.509 certificate MAY be issued with the subject field left blank. Therefore an empty string is an acceptable value for the Subject Distinguished Name.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

X.509 Certificate Subject

Structure

 

Subject Distinguished Name

Byte String

Yes, but MAY be the empty string

Subject Alternative Name

Byte String, MAY be repeated

Yes, if the Subject Distinguished Name is an empty string.

Table 155: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Structure

SHALL always have a value

Yes

Initially set by

Server

Modifiable by server

No

Modifiable by client

No

Deletable by client

No

Multiple instances permitted

No

When implicitly set

Register, Certify, Re-certify

Applies to Object Types

X.509 Certificates

Table 156: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Rules

5      Attribute Data Structures

5.1 Attributes

This structure is used in various operations to provide the desired attribute values in the request and to return the actual attribute values in the response.

The Attributes structure is defined as follows:

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Attributes

Structure

 

Any attribute in §4 - Object Attributes

Any, MAY be repeated

No

Table 157: Attributes Definition

5.2 Common Attributes

This structure is used in various operations to provide the desired attribute values in the request and to return the actual attribute values in the response.

The Common Attributes structure is defined as follows:

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Common Attributes

Structure

 

Any attribute in §4 - Object Attributes

Any, MAY be repeated

No

Table 158: Common Attributes Definition

5.3 Private Key Attributes

This structure is used in various operations to provide the desired attribute values in the request and to return the actual attribute values in the response.

The Private Key Attributes structure is defined as follows:

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Private Key Attributes

Structure

 

Any attribute in §4 - Object Attributes

Any, MAY be repeated

No

Table 159: Private Key Attributes Definition

5.4 Public Key Attributes

This structure is used in various operations to provide the desired attribute values in the request and to return the actual attribute values in the response.

The Public Key Attributes structure is defined as follows:

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Public Key Attributes

Structure

 

Any attribute in §4 - Object Attributes

Any, MAY be repeated

No

Table 160: Public Key Attributes Definition

5.5 Attribute Reference

These structures are used in various operations to provide reference to an attribute by name or by tag in a request or response.

The Attribute Reference definition is as follows:

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Attribute Reference

Structure

 

Vendor Identification

Text String (with usage limited to alphanumeric, underscore and period – i.e. [A-Za-z0-9_.])

Yes

Attribute Name

Text String

Yes

OR

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Attribute Reference

Enumeration (Tag)

Yes

Table 161: Attribute Reference Definition

5.6 Current Attribute

Structure used in various operations to provide the Current Attribute value in the request.

The Current Attribute structure is defined identically as follows:

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Current Attribute

Structure

 

Any attribute in §4 - Object Attributes

Any

Yes

Table 162: Current Attribute Definition

5.7 New Attribute

Structure used in various operations to provide the New Attribute value in the request.

The New Attribute structure is defined identically as follows:

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

New Attribute

Structure

 

Any attribute in §4 - Object Attributes

Any

Yes

Table 163: New Attribute Definition

6      Operations

6.1 Client-to-Server Operations

The following subsections describe the operations that MAY be requested by a key management client. Not all clients have to be capable of issuing all operation requests; however any client that issues a specific request SHALL be capable of understanding the response to the request. All Object Management operations are issued in requests from clients to servers, and results obtained in responses from servers to clients. Multiple operations MAY be combined within a batch, resulting in a single request/response message pair.

A number of the operations whose descriptions follow are affected by a mechanism referred to as the ID Placeholder.

The key management server SHALL implement a temporary variable called the ID Placeholder. This value consists of a single Unique Identifier. It is a variable stored inside the server that is only valid and preserved during the execution of a batch of operations. Once the batch of operations has been completed, the ID Placeholder value SHALL be discarded and/or invalidated by the server, so that subsequent requests do not find this previous ID Placeholder available.

The ID Placeholder is obtained from the Unique Identifier returned in response to the Create, Create Pair, Register, Derive Key, Re-key, Re-key Key Pair, Certify, Re-Certify, Locate, and Recover operations. If any of these operations successfully completes and returns a Unique Identifier, then the server SHALL copy this Unique Identifier into the ID Placeholder variable, where it is held until the completion of the operations remaining in the batched request or until a subsequent operation in the batch causes the ID Placeholder to be replaced. If the Batch Order Option is set to true (or unspecified), then subsequent operations in the batched request MAY make use of the ID Placeholder by omitting the Unique Identifier field from the request payloads for these operations.

Requests MAY contain attribute values to be assigned to the object. This information is specified with zero or more individual attributes.

For any operations that operate on Managed Objects already stored on the server, any archived object SHALL first be made available by a Recover operation before they MAY be specified (i.e., as on-line objects).

Multi-part cryptographic operations (operations where a stream of data is provided across multiple requests from a client to a server) are optionally supported by those cryptographic operations that include the Correlation Value, Init Indicator  and Final Indicator request parameters.

For multi-part cryptographic operations the following sequence is performed

  1. On the first request

a.     Provide an Init Indicator with a value of True

b.     Provide any other required parameters

c.     Preserve the Correlation Value returned in the response for use in subsequent requests

d.     Use the Data output (if any) from the response

  1. On subsequent requests

a.     Provide the Correlation Value from the response to the first request

b.     Provide any other required parameters

c.     Use the next block of Data output (if any) from the response

  1. On the final request

a.     Provide the Correlation Value from the response to the first request

b.     Provide a Final Indicator with a value of True

c.     Use the final block of Data output (if any) from the response

Single-part cryptographic operations (operations where a single input is provided and a single response returned) the following sequence is performed:

  1. On each request

a.     Do not provide an Init Indicator, Final Indicator or Correlation Value or provide an Init indicator and Final Indicator but no Correlation Value.

b.     Provide any other required parameters

c.     Use the Data output from the response

Data is always required in cryptographic operations except when either Init Indicator or Final Indicator is true.

The list of Result Reasons listed for each Operation is not exhaustive for each Operation. Any Result Reason listed in the Message Data Structures Section MAY be used. A Server SHALL return the most appropriate Result Reason for the given context.

6.1.1 Activate

This operation requests the server to activate a Managed Object. The operation SHALL only be performed on an object in the Pre-Active state and has the effect of changing its state to Active, and setting its Activation Date to the current date and time.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object being activated. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 164: Activate Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 165: Activate Response Payload

6.1.1.1 Error Handling – Activate

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Activate Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 166: Activate Errors

6.1.2 Add Attribute

This operation requests the server to add a new attribute instance to be associated with a Managed Object and set its value. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object to which the attribute pertains, along with the attribute name and value. For single-instance attributes, this creates the attribute value. For multi-instance attributes, this is how the first and subsequent values are created. Existing attribute values SHALL NOT be changed by this operation. Read-Only attributes SHALL NOT be added using the Add Attribute operation.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

New Attribute

Yes

Specifies the attribute to be added to the object.

Table 167: Add Attribute Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 168: Add Attribute Response Payload

6.1.2.1 Error Handling - Add Attribute

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Add Attribute Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Single Valued, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Message, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object Not Found, Read Only Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle State

Table 169: Add Attribute Errors

6.1.3 Adjust Attribute

This operation requests the server to adjust the value of an attribute. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object to which the attribute pertains, along with the attribute reference and value. If the object did not have value for the attribute, the previous value is assumed to be a 0 for numeric types and intervals, or false for Boolean, otherwise an error is raised. If the object had exactly one instance, then it is modified. If it has more than one instance an error is raised. Read-Only attributes SHALL NOT be added or modified using this operation.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

Attribute Reference

Yes

The attribute to be adjusted.

Adjustment Type

Yes

The adjustment to be made.

Adjustment Value

No

The value for the adjustment

Table 170: Adjust Attribute Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 171: Adjust Attribute Response Payload

6.1.3.1 Error Handling - Adjust Attribute

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Adjust Attribute Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Data Type, Item Not Found, Multi Valued Attribute, Numeric Range, Object Archived, Read Only Attribute, Unsupported Attribute, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle State

Table 172: Adjust Attribute Errors

6.1.4 Archive

This operation is used to specify that a Managed Object MAY be archived. The actual time when the object is archived, the location of the archive, or level of archive hierarchy is determined by the policies within the key management system and is not specified by the client. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object. This request is only an indication from a client that, from its point of view, the key management system MAY archive the object.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object being archived. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 173: Archive Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 174: Archive Response Payload

6.1.4.1 Error Handling – Archive

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Archive Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Object Archived, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 175: Archive Errors

6.1.5 Cancel

This operation requests the server to cancel an outstanding asynchronous operation. The correlation value of the original operation SHALL be specified in the request. The server SHALL respond with a Cancellation Result. The response to this operation is not able to be asynchronous.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Correlation Value

Yes

Specifies the request being canceled.

Table 176: Cancel Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Correlation Value

Yes

Specified in the request.

Cancellation Result

Yes

Enumeration indicating the result of the cancellation.

Table 177: Cancel Response Payload

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Cancel Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Asynchronous Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

 Table 178: Cancel Errors

6.1.6 Certify

This request is used to generate a Certificate object for a public key. This request supports the certification of a new public key, as well as the certification of a public key that has already been certified (i.e., certificate update). Only a single certificate SHALL be requested at a time.

The Certificate Request object MAY be omitted, in which case the public key for which a Certificate object is generated SHALL be specified by its Unique Identifier only. If the Certificate Request Type and the Certificate Request objects are omitted from the request, then the Certificate Type SHALL be specified using the Attributes object.

The Certificate Request is passed as a Byte String, which allows multiple certificate request types for X.509 certificates (e.g., PKCS#10, PEM, etc.) to be submitted to the server.

The generated Certificate object whose Unique Identifier is returned MAY be obtained by the client via a Get operation in the same batch, using the ID Placeholder mechanism.

For the public key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Certificate pointing to the generated certificate. For the generated certificate, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Public Key pointing to the Public Key.

The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the generated certificate returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

If the information in the Certificate Request conflicts with the attributes specified in the Attributes, then the information in the Certificate Request takes precedence.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Public Key or the Certificate Request being certified. If omitted and Certificate Request is not present, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Certificate Request Type

No

An Enumeration object specifying the type of certificate request. It is REQUIRED if the Certificate Request is present.

Certificate Request Value

No

A Byte String object with the certificate request.

Attributes

No

Specifies desired object attributes.

 

Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the new object

Table 179: Certify Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the generated Certificate object.

Table 180: Certify Response Payload

6.1.6.1 Error Handling – Certify

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Certify Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid CSR, Invalid Object Type, Item Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 181: Certify Errors

6.1.7 Check

This operation requests that the server check for the use of a Managed Object according to values specified in the request. This operation SHOULD only be used when placed in a batched set of operations, usually following a Locate, Create, Create Pair, Derive Key, Certify, Re-Certify, Re-key or Re-key Key Pair operation, and followed by a Get operation.

If the server determines that the client is allowed to use the object according to the specified attributes, then the server returns the Unique Identifier of the object.

If the server determines that the client is not allowed to use the object according to the specified attributes, then the server empties the ID Placeholder and does not return the Unique Identifier, and the operation returns the set of attributes specified in the request that caused the server policy denial. The only attributes returned are those that resulted in the server determining that the client is not allowed to use the object, thus allowing the client to determine how to proceed. 

In a batch containing a Check operation the Batch Order Option SHOULD be set to true. Only STOP or UNDO Batch Error Continuation Option values SHOULD be used by the client in such a batch. Additional attributes that MAY be specified in the request are limited to:

Value

Description

Usage Limits Count

The request MAY contain the usage amount that the client deems necessary to complete its needed function. This does not require that any subsequent Get Usage Allocation operations request this amount. It only means that the client is ensuring that the amount specified is available.

Cryptographic Usage Mask

This is used to specify the cryptographic operations for which the client intends to use the object (see Section 3.19). This allows the server to determine if the policy allows this client to perform these operations with the object. Note that this MAY be a different value from the one specified in a Locate operation that precedes this operation. Locate, for example, MAY specify a Cryptographic Usage Mask requesting a key that MAY be used for both Encryption and Decryption, but the value in the Check operation MAY specify that the client is only using the key for Encryption at this time.

Lease Time

This specifies a desired lease time (see Section 3.20). The client MAY use this to determine if the server allows the client to use the object with the specified lease or longer. Including this attribute in the Check operation does not actually cause the server to grant a lease, but only indicates that the requested lease time value MAY be granted if requested by a subsequent, batched Obtain Lease operation.

Table 182: Check value description

Note that these objects are not encoded in an Attribute structure.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object being checked. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Usage Limits Count

No

Specifies the number of Usage Limits Units to be protected to be checked against server policy.

Cryptographic Usage Mask

No

Specifies the Cryptographic Usage for which the client intends to use the object.

Lease Time

No

Specifies a Lease Time value that the Client is asking the server to validate against server policy.

Table 183: Check Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes, unless a failure,

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Usage Limits Count

No

Returned by the Server if the Usage Limits value specified in the Request Payload is larger than the value that the server policy allows.

Cryptographic Usage Mask

No

Returned by the Server if the Cryptographic Usage Mask specified in the Request Payload is rejected by the server for policy violation.

Lease Time

No

Returned by the Server if the Lease Time value in the Request Payload is larger than a valid Lease Time that the server MAY grant.

Table 184: Check Response Payload

6.1.7.1 Error Handling – Check

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Check Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Illegal Object Type, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Object Not Found, Usage Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 185: Check Errors

6.1.8 Create

This operation requests the server to generate a new symmetric key or generate Secret Data as a Managed Cryptographic Object.

The request contains information about the type of object being created, and some of the attributes to be assigned to the object (e.g., Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.).

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the created object. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type

Yes

Determines the type of object to be created.

Attributes

Yes

Specifies desired attributes to be associated with the new object.

 

Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the new object

Table 186: Create Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type

Yes

Type of object created.

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created object.

Table 187: Create Response Payload

6.1.8.1 Error Handling - Create

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Create operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Object Type, Non Unique Name Attribute, Read Only Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Unsupported Attribute, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 188: Create Errors

6.1.9 Create Key Pair

This operation requests the server to generate a new public/private key pair and register the two corresponding new Managed Cryptographic Objects.

The request contains attributes to be assigned to the objects (e.g., Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). Attributes MAY be specified for both keys at the same time by specifying a Common Attributes object in the request. Attributes not common to both keys (e.g., Name, Cryptographic Usage Mask) MAY be specified using the Private Key Attributes and Public Key Attributes objects in the request, which take precedence over the Common Attributes object.

For the Private Key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Public Key pointing to the Public Key. For the Public Key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Private Key pointing to the Private Key. The response contains the Unique Identifiers of both created objects. The ID Placeholder value SHALL be set to the Unique Identifier of the Private Key.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Common Attributes

No

Specifies desired attributes to be associated with the new object that apply to both the Private and Public Key Objects.

 

Private Key Attributes

No

Specifies the attributes to be associated with the new object that apply to the Private Key Object.  

Public Key Attributes

No

Specifies the attributes to be associated with the new object that apply to the Public Key Object.  

Common Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all Protection

Storage Mask selections that are

permissible for the new Private Key

and Public Key objects.

Private Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all Protection

Storage Mask selections that are

permissible for the new Private Key

object.

Public Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all Protection

Storage Mask selections that are

permissible for the new Public Key

object.

Table 189: Create Key Pair Request Payload

For multi-instance attributes, the union of the values found in the attributes of the Common, Private, and Public Key Attributes SHALL be used.

 

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Private Key Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created Private Key object.

Public Key Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created Public Key object.

Table 190: Create Key Pair Response Payload

Table 191 indicates which attributes SHALL have the same value for the Private and Public Key.

Attribute

SHALL contain the same value for both Private and Public Key

Cryptographic Algorithm

Yes

Cryptographic Length

Yes

Cryptographic Domain Parameters

Yes

Cryptographic Parameters

Yes

Table 191: Create Key Pair Attribute Requirements

Setting the same Cryptographic Length value for both private and public key does not imply that both keys are of equal length. For RSA, Cryptographic Length corresponds to the bit length of the Modulus. For DSA and DH algorithms, Cryptographic Length corresponds to the bit length of parameter P, and the bit length of Q is set separately in the Cryptographic Domain Parameters attribute. For ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV algorithms, Cryptographic Length corresponds to the bit length of parameter Q.

6.1.9.1 Error Handling - Create Key Pair

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Create Key Pair Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Attribute Value, Non Unique Name Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Private Protection Storage Unavailable, Public Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 192: Create Key Pair Errors

6.1.10 Create Split Key

This operation requests the server to generate a new split key and register all the splits as individual new Managed Cryptographic Objects.

The request contains attributes to be assigned to the objects (e.g., Split Key Parts, Split Key Threshold, Split Key Method, Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). The request MAY contain the Unique Identifier of an existing cryptographic object that the client requests be split by the server. If the attributes supplied in the request do not match those of the key supplied, the attributes of the key take precedence.

The response contains the Unique Identifiers of all created objects. The ID Placeholder value SHALL be set to the Unique Identifier of the split whose Key Part Identifier is 1.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type

Yes

Determines the type of object to be created.

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the key to be split (if applicable).

Split Key Parts

Yes

The total number of parts.

Split Key Threshold

Yes

The minimum number of parts needed to reconstruct the entire key.

Split Key Method

Yes

 

Prime Field Size

No

 

Attributes

Yes

Specifies desired object attributes.

Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the new object

Table 193: Create Split Key Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes, MAY be repeated

The list of Unique Identifiers of the newly created objects.

Table 194: Create Split Key Response Payload

6.1.10.1 Error Handling - Create Split Key

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Create Split Key Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Object type, Item Not Found, Non Unique Name Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 195: Create Split Key Errors

6.1.11 Decrypt

This operation requests the server to perform a decryption operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the decryption operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (mode and padding method), the data to be decrypted, and the IV/Counter/Nonce to use. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object. The initialization vector/counter/nonce MAY also be omitted from the request if the algorithm does not use an IV/Counter/Nonce.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the decryption operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the decryption operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Block Cipher Mode, Padding Method) corresponding to the particular decryption method requested.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be decrypted.

IV/Counter/Nonce

No

The initialization vector, counter or nonce to be used (where appropriate).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator

No

Final operation as Boolean

Authenticated Encryption Additional Data

No

Additional data to be authenticated via the Authenticated Encryption Tag. If supplied in multi-part decryption, this data MUST be supplied on the initial Decrypt request

Authenticated Encryption Tag

No

Specifies the tag that will be needed to authenticate the decrypted data and the additional authenticated data.  If supplied in multi-part decryption, this data MUST be supplied on the initial Decrypt request

Table 196: Decrypt Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the decryption operation.

Data

No.

The decrypted data (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 197: Decrypt Response Payload

6.1.11.1 Error Handling - Decrypt

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Decrypt Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Missing Initialization Vector, Object Not Found, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 198: Decrypt Errors

6.1.12 Delegated Login

This operation requests the server to allow future requests to be authenticated using Ticket data that is returned by this operation. Requests using the ticket MUST only be permitted to perform the operations specified in the Rights section.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Lease Time

No

The lease time Interval or Date Time for the ticket.

Request Count

No

The integer count of the number of requests that can be made with the ticket

Usage Limits

No

The usage limits for operations performed.

Rights

Yes

List of Rights granted to the ticket holder which may only perform operations allowed by at least one of the contained Right structures.

Table 199: Delegated Login Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Ticket

Yes

The Ticket that is returned

Table 200: Delegated Login Response Payload

6.1.12.1 Error Handling – Delegated Login

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Delegated Login Operation

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Field, Permission Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 201: Delegated Login Errors

6.1.13 Delete Attribute

This operation requests the server to delete an attribute associated with a Managed Object. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object whose attribute is to be deleted, the Current Attribute of the attribute. Attributes that are always REQUIRED to have a value SHALL never be deleted by this operation. Attempting to delete a non-existent attribute or specifying an Current Attribute for which there exists no attribute value SHALL result in an error. If no Current Attribute is specified in the request, and an Attribute Reference is specified, then all instances of the specified attribute SHALL be deleted.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object whose attributes are being deleted. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

Current Attribute

No

Specifies the attribute associated with the object to be deleted.

Attribute Reference

No

Specifies the reference for the attribute associated with the object to be deleted.

Table 202: Delete Attribute Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 203: Delete Attribute Response Payload

6.1.13.1 Error Handling - Delete Attribute

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Delete Attribute Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Instance Not Found, Attribute Not Found, Attribute Read Only, Invalid Attribute, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle State

Table 204: Delete Attribute Errors

6.1.14 Derive Key

This request is used to derive a Symmetric Key or Secret Data object from keys or Secret Data objects that are already known to the key management system. The request SHALL only apply to Managed Objects that have the Derive Key bit set in the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute of the specified Managed Object (i.e., are able to be used for key derivation). If the operation is issued for an object that does not have this bit set, then the server SHALL return an error. For all derivation methods, the client SHALL specify the desired length of the derived key or Secret Data object using the Cryptographic Length attribute. If a key is created, then the client SHALL specify both its Cryptographic Length and Cryptographic Algorithm. If the specified length exceeds the output of the derivation method, then the server SHALL return an error. Clients MAY derive multiple keys and IVs by requesting the creation of a Secret Data object and specifying a Cryptographic Length that is the total length of the derived object. If the specified length exceeds the output of the derivation method, then the server SHALL return an error.

The fields in the Derive Key request specify the Unique Identifiers of the keys or Secret Data objects to be used for derivation (e.g., some derivation methods MAY use multiple keys or Secret Data objects to derive the result), the method to be used to perform the derivation, and any parameters needed by the specified method.

The server SHALL perform the derivation function, and then register the derived object as a new Managed Object, returning the new Unique Identifier for the new object in the response. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

For the keys or Secret Data objects from which the key or Secret Data object is derived, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Derived Key pointing to the Symmetric Key or Secret Data object derived as a result of this operation. For the Symmetric Key or Secret Data object derived as a result of this operation, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Derivation Base Object pointing to the keys or Secret Data objects from which the key or Secret Data object is derived.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type

Yes

Determines the type of object to be created.

Unique Identifier

Yes. MAY be repeated

Determines the object or objects to be used to derive a new key. Note that the current value of the ID Placeholder SHALL NOT be used in place of a Unique Identifier in this operation.

Derivation Method

Yes

An Enumeration object specifying the method to be used to derive the new key.

Derivation Parameters

Yes

A Structure object containing the parameters needed by the specified derivation method.

Attributes

Yes

Specifies desired attributes to be associated with the new object; the length and algorithm SHALL always be specified for the creation of a symmetric key.

 

Table 205: Derive Key Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly derived key or Secret Data object.

Table 206: Derive Key Response Payload

6.1.14.1 Error Handling - Derive Key

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Derive Key Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object Not Found, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 207: Derive Key Errors

6.1.15 Destroy

This operation is used to indicate to the server that the key material for the specified Managed Object SHALL be destroyed or rendered inaccessible. The meta-data for the key material SHALL be retained by the server.  Objects SHALL only be destroyed if they are in either Pre-Active or Deactivated state.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object being destroyed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 208: Destroy Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 209: Destroy Response Payload

6.1.15.1 Error Handling – Destroy

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Destroy Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Object Destroyed, Object Not Found, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 210: Destroy Errors

6.1.16 Discover Versions

This operation is used by the client to determine a list of protocol versions that is supported by the server. The request payload contains an OPTIONAL list of protocol versions that is supported by the client. The protocol versions SHALL be ranked in decreasing order of preference.

The response payload contains a list of protocol versions that are supported by the server. The protocol versions are ranked in decreasing order of preference. If the client provides the server with a list of supported protocol versions in the request payload, the server SHALL return only the protocol versions that are supported by both the client and server. The server SHOULD list all the protocol versions supported by both client and server. If the protocol version specified in the request header is not specified in the request payload and the server does not support any protocol version specified in the request payload, the server SHALL return an empty list in the response payload. If no protocol versions are specified in the request payload, the server SHOULD return all the protocol versions that are supported by the server.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Protocol Version

No, MAY be Repeated

The list of protocol versions supported by the client ordered in decreasing order of preference.

Table 211: Discover Versions Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Protocol Version

No, MAY be repeated

The list of protocol versions supported by the server ordered in decreasing order of preference.

Table 212: Discover Versions Response Payload

6.1.16.1 Error Handling - Discover Versions

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Discover Versions Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

 Table 213: Discover Versions Errors

6.1.17 Encrypt

This operation requests the server to perform an encryption operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the encryption operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (mode and padding method), the data to be encrypted, and the IV/Counter/Nonce to use. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object. The IV/Counter/Nonce MAY also be omitted from the request if the cryptographic parameters indicate that the server shall generate a Random IV on behalf of the client or the encryption algorithm does not need an IV/Counter/Nonce. The server does not store or otherwise manage the IV/Counter/Nonce.

If the Managed Cryptographic Object referenced has a Usage Limits attribute then the server SHALL obtain an allocation from the current Usage Limits value prior to performing the encryption operation. If the allocation is unable to be obtained the operation SHALL return with a result status of Operation Failed and result reason of Permission Denied.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the encryption operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the encryption operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Block Cipher Mode, Padding Method, RandomIV) corresponding to the particular encryption method requested.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be.

IV/Counter/Nonce

No

The initialization vector, counter or nonce to be used (where appropriate).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator

No

Final operation as Boolean

Authenticated Encryption Additional Data

No

Any additional data to be authenticated via the Authenticated Encryption Tag.  If supplied in multi-part encryption, this data MUST be supplied on the initial Encrypt request

Table 214: Encrypt Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that was the key used for the encryption operation.

Data

No.

The encrypted data (as a Byte String).

IV/Counter/Nonce

No

The value used if the Cryptographic Parameters specified Random IV and the IV/Counter/Nonce value was not provided in the request and the algorithm requires the provision of an IV/Counter/Nonce.

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Authenticated Encryption Tag

No

Specifies the tag that will be needed to authenticate the decrypted data (and any “additional data”). Only returned on completion of the encryption of the last of the plaintext by an authenticated encryption cipher.

Table 215: Encrypt Response Payload

6.1.17.1 Error Handling – Encrypt

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Encrypt Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Missing Initialization Vector, Object Not Found, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Usage Limit Exceeded, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 216: Encrypt Errors

 

6.1.18 Export

This operation requests that the server returns a Managed Object specified by its Unique Identifier, together with its attributes.

The Key Format Type, Key Wrap Type, Key Compression Type and Key Wrapping Specification SHALL have the same semantics as for the Get operation.  If the Managed Object has been Destroyed then the key material for the specified managed object SHALL not be returned in the response.

The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operations into the ID Placeholder variable.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object being requested. If omitted, then the IDPlaceholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Key Format Type

No

Determines the key format type to be returned.

Key Wrap Type

No

Determines the Key Wrap Type of the returned key value.

Key Compression Type

No

Determines the compression method for elliptic curve public keys.

Key Wrapping Specification

No

Specifies keys and other information for wrapping the returned object.

Table 217: Export Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type

Yes

Type of object

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attributes

Yes

All of the object’s Attributes.

Any Object (Section 2)

Yes

The object value being returned, in the same manner as the Get operation.

Table 218: Export Response Payload

6.1.18.1 Error Handling – Export

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Export Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Encoding Option Error, Encoding Option Error, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Object Type, Key Compression Type Not Supported, Key Format Type Not Supported, Key Value Not Present, Key Wrap Type Not Supported, Object Not Found, Wrapping Object Archived, Wrapping Object Destroyed, Wrapping Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 219: Export Errors

6.1.19 Get

This operation requests that the server returns the Managed Object specified by its Unique Identifier.

Only a single object is returned. The response contains the Unique Identifier of the object, along with the object itself, which MAY be wrapped using a wrapping key as specified in the request.

The following key format capabilities SHALL be assumed by the client; restrictions apply when the client  requests the server to return an object in a particular format:

·         If a client registered a key in a given format, the server SHALL be able to return the key during the Get operation in the same format that was used when the key was registered.

·         Any other format conversion MAY be supported by the server.

If Key Format Type is specified to be PKCS#12 then the response payload shall be a PKCS#12 container as specified by [RFC7292].  The Unique Identifier shall be either that of a private key or certificate to be included in the response.  The container shall be protected using the Secret Data object specified via the private key or certificate’s PKCS#12 Password Link.  The current certificate chain shall also be included as determined by using the private key’s Public Key link to get the corresponding public key (where relevant), and then using that public key’s PKCS#12 Certificate Link to get the base certificate, and then using each certificate’s Certificate Link to build the certificate chain.  It is an error if there is more than one valid certificate chain.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Key Format Type

No

Determines the key format type to be returned.

Key Wrap Type

No

Determines the Key Wrap Type of the returned key value.

Key Compression Type

No

Determines the compression method for elliptic curve public keys.

Key Wrapping Specification

No

Specifies keys and other information for wrapping the returned object.

Table 220: Get Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type

Yes

Type of object.

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Any Object (Section 2)

Yes

The object being returned.

Table 221: Get Response Payload

6.1.19.1 Error Handling – Get

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Get Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Encoding Option Error, Encoding Option Error, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Object Type, Key Compression Type Not Supported, Key Format Type Not Supported, Key Value Not Present, Key Wrap Type Not Supported, Not Extractable, Object Not Found, Sensitive, Wrapping Object Archived, Wrapping Object Destroyed, Wrapping Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 222: Get Errors

 

6.1.20 Get Attributes

This operation requests one or more attributes associated with a Managed Object. The object is specified by its Unique Identifier, and the attributes are specified by their name in the request. If a specified attribute has multiple instances, then all instances are returned. If a specified attribute does not exist (i.e., has no value), then it SHALL NOT be present in the returned response. If none of the requested attributes exist, then the response SHALL consist only of the Unique Identifier. The same Attribute Reference SHALL NOT be present more than once in a request.

If no Attribute Reference is provided, the server SHALL return all attributes.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object whose attributes are being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

Attribute Reference

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an attribute associated with the object.

Table 223: Get Attributes Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attributes

Yes

The requested attributes associated with the object.

Table 224: Get Attributes Response Payload

6.1.20.1 Error Handling - Get Attributes

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Get Attributes Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Attribute, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 225: Get Attributes Errors

6.1.21 Get Attribute List

This operation requests a list of the attribute names associated with a Managed Object. The object is specified by its Unique Identifier.

If no Attribute Reference is provided, the server SHALL return all attributes.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object whose attribute names are being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier. 

Table 226: Get Attribute List Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attribute Reference

Yes, MAY be repeated

The attributes associated with the object.

Table 227: Get Attribute List Response Payload

6.1.21.1 Error Handling - Get Attribute List

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Get Attribute List Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 228: Get Attribute List Errors

6.1.22 Get Constraints

This operation instructs the server to return the constraints that are being applied to Managed Objects during operations.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

 

 

 

Table 229: Get Constraints Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Constraints

Yes

The set of Constraints that are being

applied during operations.

Table 230: Get Constraints Response Payload

6.1.22.1 Error Handling - Get Constraints

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Get Constrains Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Field, Invalid Object Type, Attestation Failed,

Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid

Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,

Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 231: Get Constraints Errors

6.1.23 Get Usage Allocation

This operation requests the server to obtain an allocation from the current Usage Limits value to allow the client to use the Managed Cryptographic Object for applying cryptographic protection. The allocation only applies to Managed Objects that are able to be used for applying protection (e.g., symmetric keys for encryption, private keys for signing, etc.) and is only valid if the Managed Object has a Usage Limits attribute. Usage for processing cryptographically protected information (e.g., decryption, verification, etc.) is not limited and is not able to be allocated. A Managed Object that has a Usage Limits attribute SHALL NOT be used by a client for applying cryptographic protection unless an allocation has been obtained using this operation. The operation SHALL only be requested during the time that protection is enabled for these objects (i.e., after the Activation Date and before the Protect Stop Date). If the operation is requested for an object that has no Usage Limits attribute, or is not an object that MAY be used for applying cryptographic protection, then the server SHALL return an error.

The field in the request specifies the number of units that the client needs to protect. If the requested amount is not available or if the Managed Object is not able to be used for applying cryptographic protection at this time, then the server SHALL return an error. The server SHALL assume that the entire allocated amount is going to be consumed. Once the entire allocated amount has been consumed, the client SHALL NOT continue to use the Managed Object for applying cryptographic protection until a new allocation is obtained.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object whose usage allocation is being requested. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder is substituted by the server.

Usage Limits Count

Yes

The number of Usage Limits Units to be protected.

Table 232: Get Usage Allocation Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 233: Get Usage Allocation Response Payload

6.1.23.1 Error Handling - Get Usage Allocation

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Get Usage Allocation Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Not Found, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Usage Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 234: Get Usage Allocation Errors

6.1.24 Hash

This operation requests the server to perform a hash operation on the data provided.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (hash algorithm) and the data to be hashed.

The response contains the result of the hash operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Cryptographic Parameters

Yes

The Cryptographic Parameters (Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the particular hash method requested.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be hashed .

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 235: Hash Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The hashed data (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 236: Hash Response Payload

6.1.24.1 Error Handling - HASH

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Hash Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 237: HASH Errors

6.1.25 Import

This operation requests the server to Import a Managed Object specified by its Unique Identifier. The request specifies the object being imported and all the attributes to be assigned to the object. The attribute rules for each attribute for “Initially set by” and “When implicitly set” SHALL NOT be enforced as all attributes MUST be set to the supplied values rather than any server generated values.

The response contains the Unique Identifier provided in the request or assigned by the server. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operations into the ID Placeholder variable.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object to be imported

Object Type

Yes

Determines the type of object being imported.

Replace Existing

No

A Boolean.  If specified and true then any existing object with the same Unique Identifier SHALL be replaced by this operation.  If absent or false and an object exists with the same Unique Identifier then an error SHALL be returned.

Key Wrap Type

If and only if the key object is wrapped.

If Not Wrapped then the server SHALL unwrap the object before storing it, and return an error if the wrapping key is

not available.  Otherwise the server

SHALL store the object as provided.

Attributes

Yes

Specifies object attributes to be associated with the new object.

Any Object (Section 2)

Yes

The object being imported. The object and attributes MAY be wrapped.

Table 238: Import Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly imported object.

Table 239: Import Response Payload

6.1.25.1 Error Handling – Import

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Import Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Encoding Option Error, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Field, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object Already Exists, Server Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 240: Import Errors

6.1.26 Interop

This operation informs the server about the status if interop tests. It SHALL NOT be available in a production server. The Interop Operation uses three Interop Functions (Begin, End and Reset).

 

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Interop Function

Yes

The function to be performed

Interop Identifier

Yes

The identifier if the test case to be submitted.

Table 241: Interop Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

 

 

 

Table 242: Interop Response Payload

6.1.26.1 Error Handling – Interop

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in an Interop Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Field, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 243: Interop Errors

6.1.27 Join Split Key

This operation requests the server to combine a list of Split Keys into a single Managed Cryptographic Object. The number of Unique Identifiers in the request SHALL be at least the value of the Split Key Threshold defined in the Split Keys.

The request contains the Object Type of the Managed Cryptographic Object that the client requests the Split Key Objects be combined to form. If the Object Type formed is Secret Data, the client MAY include the Secret Data Type in the request.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the object obtained by combining the Split Keys. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type

Yes

Determines the type of object to be created.

Unique Identifier

Yes, MAY be repeated

 

Determines the Split Keys to be combined to form the object returned by the server. The minimum number of identifiers is specified by the Split Key Threshold field in each of the Split Keys.

Secret Data Type

No

Determines which Secret Data type the Split Keys form.

Attributes

No

Specifies desired object attributes.

Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the new object

Table 244: Join Split Key Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object obtained by combining the Split Keys.

Table 245: Join Split Key Response Payload

6.1.27.1 Error Handling - Join Split Key

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Join Split Key Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Object Type, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object Not Found, Server Limit Exceeded, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 246: Join Split Key Errors

6.1.28 Locate

This operation requests that the server search for one or more Managed Objects, depending on the attributes specified in the request. All attributes are allowed to be used. The request MAY contain a Maximum Items field, which specifies the maximum number of objects to be returned. If the Maximum Items field is omitted, then the server MAY return all objects matched, or MAY impose an internal maximum limit due to resource limitations.

The request MAY contain an Offset Items field, which specifies the number of objects to skip that satisfy the identification criteria specified in the request. An Offset Items field of 0 is the same as omitting the Offset Items field. If both Offset Items and Maximum Items are specified in the request, the server skips Offset Items objects and returns up to Maximum Items objects.

If more than one object satisfies the identification criteria specified in the request, then the response MAY contain Unique Identifiers for multiple Managed Objects. Responses containing Unique Identifiers for multiple objects SHALL be returned in descending order of object creation (most recently created object first).  Returned objects SHALL match all of the attributes in the request. If no objects match, then an empty response payload is returned. If no attribute is specified in the request, any object SHALL be deemed to match the Locate request. The response MAY include Located Items which is the count of all objects that satisfy the identification criteria.

The server returns a list of Unique Identifiers of the found objects, which then MAY be retrieved using the Get operation. If the objects are archived, then the Recover and Get operations are REQUIRED to be used to obtain those objects. If a single Unique Identifier is returned to the client, then the server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.  If the Locate operation matches more than one object, and the Maximum Items value is omitted in the request, or is set to a value larger than one, then the server SHALL empty the ID Placeholder, causing any subsequent operations that are batched with the Locate, and which do not specify a Unique Identifier explicitly, to fail. This ensures that these batched operations SHALL proceed only if a single object is returned by Locate.

The Date attributes in the Locate request (e.g., Initial Date, Activation Date, etc.) are used to specify a time or a time range for the search. If a single instance of a given Date attribute is used in the request (e.g., the Activation Date), then objects with the same Date attribute are considered to be matching candidate objects. If two instances of the same Date attribute are used (i.e., with two different values specifying a range), then objects for which the Date attribute is inside or at a limit of the range are considered to be matching candidate objects. If a Date attribute is set to its largest possible value, then it is equivalent to an undefined attribute.

When the Cryptographic Usage Mask attribute is specified in the request, candidate objects are compared against this field via an operation that consists of a logical AND of the requested mask with the mask in the candidate object, and then a comparison of the resulting value with the requested mask. For example, if the request contains a mask value of 10001100010000, and a candidate object mask contains 10000100010000, then the logical AND of the two masks is 10000100010000, which is compared against the mask value in the request (10001100010000) and the match fails. This means that a matching candidate object has all of the bits set in its mask that are set in the requested mask, but MAY have additional bits set.

When the Usage Limits attribute is specified in the request, matching candidate objects SHALL have a Usage Limits Count and Usage Limits Total equal to or larger than the values specified in the request.

When an attribute that is defined as a structure is specified, all of the structure fields are not REQUIRED to be specified. For instance, for the Link attribute, if the Linked Object Identifier value is specified without the Link Type value, then matching candidate objects have the Linked Object Identifier as specified, irrespective of their Link Type.

When the Object Group attribute and the Object Group Member flag are specified in the request, and the value specified for Object Group Member is ‘Group Member Fresh’, matching candidate objects SHALL be fresh objects from the object group. If there are no more fresh objects in the group, the server MAY choose to generate a new object on-the-fly, based on server policy. If the value specified for Object Group Member is ‘Group Member Default’, the server locates the default object as defined by server policy.

The Storage Status Mask field is used to indicate whether on-line objects (not archived or destroyed), archived objects, destroyed objects or any combination of the above are to be searched.The server SHALL NOT return unique identifiers for objects that are destroyed unless the Storage Status Mask field includes the Destroyed Storage indicator. The server SHALL NOT return unique identifiers for objects that are archived unless the Storage Status Mask field includes the Archived Storage indicator.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Maximum Items

No

An Integer object that indicates the maximum number of object identifiers the server MAY return.

Offset Items

No

An Integer object that indicates the number of object identifiers to skip that satisfy the identification criteria specified in the request.

Storage Status Mask

No

An Integer object (used as a bit mask) that indicates whether only on-line objects, only archived objects, destroyed objects or any combination of these, are to be searched. If omitted, then only on-line objects SHALL be returned.

Object Group Member

No

An Enumeration object that indicates the object group member type.

Attributes

Yes

Specifies an attribute and its value(s) that are REQUIRED to match those in a candidate object (according to the matching rules defined above).

Note: the Attributes structure MAY be empty indicating all objects should match.

Table 247: Locate Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Located Items

No

An Integer object that indicates the number of object identifiers that satisfy the identification criteria specified in the request. A server MAY elect to omit this value from the Response if it is unable or unwilling to determine the total count of matched items.

A server MAY elect to return the Located Items value even if Offset Items is not present in the Request.

Unique Identifier

No, MAY be repeated

The Unique Identifier of the located objects.

Table 248: Locate Response Payload

6.1.28.1 Error Handling – Locate

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Locate Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Attribute, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 249: Locate Errors

6.1.29 Log

This operation requests the server to log a message to the server log. The response payload returned is empty.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Log Message

Yes

The message to log

Table 250: Log Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Table 251: Log Response Payload

 

6.1.29.1 Error Handling – Log

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Query Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 252: Log Errors

6.1.30 Login

This operation requests the server to allow future requests ti be authenticated using a ticket that is returned by this operation.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Lease Time

No

The lease time Interval or Date Time for the ticket

Request Count

No

The integer count of the number of requests that can be made with the ticket

Usage Limits

No

The usage limits for the operations performed

Table 253: Login Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Ticket

Yes

The ticket that is returned

Table 254: Login Response Payload

6.1.30.1 Error Handling - Login

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in an Login Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Field, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 255: Login Errors

 

6.1.31 Logout

This operation requests the server to terminate the Login and prevent future unauthenticated sessions being created without the ticket.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Ticket

Yes

The ticket to be invalidated

Table 256: Logout Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Table 257: Logout Response Payload

6.1.31.1 Error Handling - Logout

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in an Logout Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Ticket, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 258: Logout Errors

6.1.32 MAC

This operation requests the server to perform message authentication code (MAC) operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the MAC operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (cryptographic algorithm) and the data to be MACed. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the MAC operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the MAC operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Cryptographic Algorithm) corresponding to the particular MAC method requested. If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be MACed .

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 259: MAC Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the MAC operation.

MAC Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part

The data MACed (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 260: MAC Response Payload

6.1.32.1 Error Handling - MAC

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a MAC Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Object Not Found, Usage Limit Exceeded, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 261: MAC Errors

6.1.33 MAC Verify

This operation requests the server to perform message authentication code (MAC) verify operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the MAC verify operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (cryptographic algorithm) and the data to be MAC verified and MAY contain the data that was passed to the MAC operation (for those algorithms which need the original data to verify a MAC). The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the MAC verify operation. The validity of the MAC is indicated by the Validity Indicator field.

The response message SHALL include the Validity Indicator for single-part MAC Verify operations and for the final part of a multi-part MAC Verify operation. Non-Final parts of multi-part MAC Verify operations SHALL NOT include the Validity Indicator.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the MAC verify operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Cryptographic Algorithm) corresponding to the particular MAC method requested. If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

No

The data that was MACed .

MAC Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The data to be MAC verified (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 262: MAC Verify Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the verification operation.

Validity Indicator

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

An Enumeration object indicating whether the MAC is valid, invalid, or unknown.

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 263: MAC Verify Response Payload

6.1.33.1 Error Handling - MAC Verify

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a MAC Verify Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Object Not Found, Permission Denied, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 264: MAC Verify Errors

6.1.34 Modify Attribute

This operation requests the server to modify the value of an existing attribute instance associated with a Managed Object. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object whose attribute is to be modified, the OPTIONAL Current Attribute existing value and the New Attribute new value. If no Current Attribute is specified in the request, then if there is only a single instance of the Attribute it SHALL be selected as the attribute instance to be modified to the New Attribute value, and if there are multiple instances of the Attribute an error SHALL be returned (as the specific instance of the attribute is unable to be determined).. Only existing attributes MAY be changed via this operation. Only the specified instance of the attribute SHALL be modified. Specifying a Current Attribute for which there exists no Attribute associated with the object SHALL result in an error.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Current Attribute

No

Specifies the existing attribute value associated with the object to be modified.

New Attribute

Yes

Specifies the new value for the attribute associated with the object .

Table 265: Modify Attribute Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 266: Modify Attribute Response Payload

6.1.34.1 Error Handling - Modify Attribute

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Modify Attribute Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Instance Not Found, Attribute Not Found, Attribute Read Only, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle State

Table 267: Modify Attribute Errors

6.1.35 Obtain Lease

This operation requests the server to obtain a new Lease Time for a specified Managed Object. The Lease Time is an interval value that determines when the client's internal cache of information about the object expires and needs to be renewed. If the returned value of the lease time is zero, then the server is indicating that no lease interval is effective, and the client MAY use the object without any lease time limit.  If a client's lease expires, then the client SHALL NOT use the associated cryptographic object until a new lease is obtained. If the server determines that a new lease SHALL NOT be issued for the specified cryptographic object, then the server SHALL respond to the Obtain Lease request with an error.

The response payload for the operation contains the current value of the Last Change Date attribute for the object. This MAY be used by the client to determine if any of the attributes cached by the client need to be refreshed, by comparing this time to the time when the attributes were previously obtained.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object for which the lease is being obtained. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 268: Obtain Lease Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Lease Time

Yes

An interval (in seconds) that specifies the amount of time that the object MAY be used until a new lease needs to be obtained.

Last Change Date

Yes

The date and time indicating when the latest change was made to the contents or any attribute of the specified object.

Table 269: Obtain Lease Response Payload

6.1.35.1 Error Handling - Obtain Lease

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Obtain Lease Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Object Not Found, Usage Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 270: Obtain Lease Errors

6.1.36 Ping

This operation is used to determine if a server is alive and responding. The server MAY treat the Ping operation as a non-logged operation.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

 

 

 

Table 271: Ping Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

 

 

 

Table 272: Ping Response Payload

6.1.37 PKCS#11

This operation enables the server to perform a PKCS#11 operation.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

PKCS#11 Interface

No

The name of the interface. If absent, the default V3.0 interface which defines the functions supported.

PKCS#11 Function

Yes

The function to perform. An Enumeration for PKCS#11 defined functions or an Integer for vendor defined function.

Correlation Value

No

Must be returned to the server if provided in a previous response.

PKCS#11 Input Parameters

No

The parameters to the function. The format is specified in the PKCS#11 Profile and the [PKCS#11] standard document

Table 273: PKCS#11 Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

PKCS#11 Interface

No

The name of the interface. If absent,

the default V3.0 interface is used.

PKCS#11 Function

Yes

The function that was performed. An

Enumeration for PKCS#11 defined

functions or an Integer for vendor

defined function.

Correlation Value

No

Server defined Byte String that the

client must provide in the next request.

PKCS#11 Output Parameters

No

The parameters output from the

function. The format is specified in the

PKCS#11 Profile [KMIP-Prof] and the [PKCS#11]

standard document.

PKCS#11 Return Code

Yes

The PKCS#11 return code as specified

in the CK_RV values in [PKCS#11]

Table 274: PKCS#11 Response Payload

6.1.37.1 Error Handling – PKCS#11

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a PKCS#11 Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Asynchronous Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, PKCS#11 Codec Error, PKCS#11 Invalid Function, PKCS#11 Invalid Interface

Table 275: PKCS#11 Errors

6.1.38 Poll

This operation is used to poll the server in order to obtain the status of an outstanding asynchronous operation. The correlation value of the original operation SHALL be specified in the request. The response to this operation SHALL NOT be asynchronous.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Correlation Value

Yes

Specifies the request being polled.

Table 276: Poll Request Payload

The server SHALL reply with one of two responses:

If the operation has not completed, the response SHALL contain no payload and a Result Status of Pending.

If the operation has completed, the response SHALL contain the appropriate payload for the operation. This response SHALL be identical to the response that would have been sent if the operation had completed synchronously.

6.1.38.1 Error Handling – Poll

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Poll Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Asynchronous Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 277: Poll Errors

6.1.39 Process

This operation requests the server to modify its processing of a previously-submitted asynchronous request such that the next Poll for that asynchronous request SHALL NOT return a “pending” status, effectively changing the processing mode for that batch item to that resembling synchronous processing (note that this may have processing implications for other items in that same batch if Batch Order Option is True, which is the default).

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Correlation Value

Yes

The value of the Asynchronous Correlation Value for the Batch Item to be made “synchronous”

Table 278: Process Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

 

 

 

Table 279: Process Response Payload

6.1.39.1 Error Handling – Process

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Process Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Asynchronous Correlation Value, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 280: Process Request Errors

6.1.40 Query

This operation is used by the client to interrogate the server to determine its capabilities and/or protocol mechanisms.

For each Query Function specified in the request, the corresponding items SHALL be returned in the response.

Value

Description

Operations

Contains Operation enumerated values, which SHALL list all the operations that the server supports.

Object Type

Contains Object Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the object types that the server supports.

Server Information

A structure containing vendor-specific fields and/or substructures.

Application Namespace

Contains the namespaces that the server SHALL generate values for if requested by the client.

Extension List

Contains the descriptions of Objects with Item Tag values in the Extensions range that are supported by the server. If the request contains a Query Extension List and/or Query Extension Map value in the Query Function field, then the Extensions Information fields SHALL be returned in the response.

Extension Map

Attestation Type

Contains Attestation Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the attestation types that the server supports.

RNG Parameters

Contains a listing of the RNGs supported. The response SHALL list all the Random Number Generators that the server supports. If the request contains a Query RNGs value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response.

Validation Information

A structure containing details of each formal validation which the server asserts. If the request contains a Query Validations value, then zero or more Validation Information fields SHALL be returned in the response. A server MAY elect to return no validation information in the response.

Profile Information

A structure containing details of the profiles that a server supports including potentially how it supports that profile. If the request contains a Query Profiles value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Profiles.

Capability Information

Contains details of the capability of the server.

Client Registration Method

Contains Client Registration Method enumerated values, which SHALL list all the client registration methods that the server supports. If the request contains a Query Client Registration Method value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Client Registration Methods.

Defaults Information

A structure containing Object Defaults structures, which list the default values that the server SHALL use on Cryptographic Objects if the client omits them.

Protection Storage Masks

Contains ProtectionStorageMask attribute(s) for the alternatives that a server supports

Table 281: Query Functions

If both Query Extension List and Query Extension Map are specified in the request, then only the response to Query Extension Map SHALL be returned and the Query Extension List SHALL be ignored.

If the Query Function RNG Parameters is specified in the request and If the server is unable to specify details of the RNG then it SHALL return an RNG Parameters with the RNG Algorithm enumeration of Unspecified.

 

Note that the response payload is empty if there are no values to return.

The Query Function field in the request SHALL contain one or more of the following items:

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Query Function

Yes, MAY be Repeated

Determines the information being queried.

Object Groups

No

Specified the list of Object Group(s) for

which the Query is being performed

Table 282: Query Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Operation

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Operation that is supported by the server.

Object Type

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies a Managed Object Type that is supported by the server.

Vendor Identification

No

SHALL be returned if Query Server Information is requested. The Vendor Identification SHALL be a text string that uniquely identifies the vendor.

Server Information

No

Contains vendor-specific information possibly be of interest to the client.

Application Namespace

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Application Namespace supported by the server.

Extension Information

No, MAY be repeated

SHALL be returned if Query Extension List or Query Extension Map is requested and supported by the server.

Attestation Type

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Attestation Type that is supported by the server.

RNG Parameters

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the RNG that is supported by the server.

Profile Information

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the Profiles that are supported by the server.

Validation Information

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the validations that are supported by the server.

Capability Information

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the capabilities that are supported by the server.

Client Registration Method

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies a Client Registration Method that is supported by the server.

Defaults Information

No

Specifies the defaults that the server will use if the client omits them.

Protection Storage Masks

Yes

Specifies the list of Protection Storage Mask values supported by the server. A server MAY elect to provide an empty list in the Response if it is unable or unwilling to provide this information.

Table 283: Query Response Payload

6.1.40.1 Error Handling – Query

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Query Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Unknown Object Group

Table 284: Query Errors

6.1.41 Query Asynchronous Requests

This operation requests the server to report on any asynchronous requests that have been made for which results have not yet been obtained via the normal Poll (or less-normal Cancel) operation.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Correlation Values

No

Structure containing zero or more Asynchronous Correlation Value.

Operations

No

Structure Containing zero or more Operation.

Table 285: Query Asynchronous Requests Request Payload

If no parameters are passed on this operation, the server SHOULD report any asynchronous requests whose results are still outstanding. If Asynchronous Correlation Values are passed, the server SHOULD report the outstanding asynchronous requests whose values match. If Operations are passed, the server SHOULD report the outstanding asynchronous requests whose Operation matches one of those contained in Operations.

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Asynchronous Request

No, MAY be repeated

The details regarding a particular asynchronous request,

Table 286: PKCS#11 Response Payload

6.1.41.1 Error Handling – Query Asynchronous Requests

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Query Asynchronous Requests Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 287: Query Asynchronous Requests Errors

 

6.1.42 Recover

This operation is used to obtain access to a Managed Object that has been archived. This request MAY need asynchronous polling to obtain the response due to delays caused by retrieving the object from the archive. Once the response is received, the object is now on-line, and MAY be obtained (e.g., via a Get operation). Special authentication and authorization SHOULD be enforced to perform this request (see [KMIP-UG]).

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object being recovered. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Table 288: Recover Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 289: Recover Response Payload

6.1.42.1 Error Handling – Recover

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Recover Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 290: Recover Errors

6.1.43 Register

This operation requests the server to register a Managed Object that was created by the client or obtained by the client through some other means, allowing the server to manage the object. The arguments in the request are similar to those in the Create operation, but contain the object itself for storage by the server.

The request contains information about the type of object being registered and attributes to be assigned to the object (e.g., Cryptographic Algorithm, Cryptographic Length, etc.). This information SHALL be specified by the use of a Attributes object.

If the Managed Object being registered is wrapped, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Wrapping Key Link pointing to the Managed Object with which the Managed Object being registered is wrapped.

The response contains the Unique Identifier assigned by the server to the registered object. The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable. The Initial Date attribute of the object SHALL be set to the current time.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Object Type

Yes

Determines the type of object being registered.

Attributes

Yes

Specifies desired object attributes to be associated with the new object.

 

Any Object (Section 2)

Yes

The object being registered. The object and attributes MAY be wrapped.

Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the new object

Table 291: Register Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly registered object.

Table 292: Register Response Payload

If a Managed Cryptographic Object is registered, then the following attributes SHALL be included in the Register request.

Attribute

REQUIRED

Cryptographic Algorithm

Yes, MAY be omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Key Block. Does not apply to Secret Data. If present, then Cryptographic Length below SHALL also be present.

Cryptographic Length

Yes, MAY be omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Key Block. Does not apply to Secret Data. If present, then Cryptographic Algorithm above SHALL also be present.

Certificate Length

Yes. Only applies to Certificates.

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Yes.

Digital Signature Algorithm

Yes, MAY be omitted only if this information is encapsulated in the Certificate object. Only applies to Certificates.

Table 293: Register Attribute Requirements

6.1.43.1 Error Handling – Register

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Register Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Attribute Read Only, Attribute Single Valued, Bad Password, Encoding Option Error, Invalid Attribute, Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Object Type, Non Unique Name Attribute, Server Limit Exceeded, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 294: Register Errors

6.1.44 Revoke

This operation requests the server to revoke a Managed Cryptographic Object or an Opaque Object. The request contains a reason for the revocation (e.g., “key compromise”, “cessation of operation”, etc.). The operation has one of two effects. If the revocation reason is “key compromise” or “CA compromise”, then the object is placed into the “compromised” state; the   Date is set to the current date and time; and the Compromise Occurrence Date is set to the value (if provided) in the Revoke request and if a value is not provided in the Revoke request then Compromise Occurrence Date SHOULD be set to the Initial Date for the object. If the revocation reason is neither “key compromise” nor “CA compromise”, the object is placed into the “deactivated” state, and the Deactivation Date is set to the current date and time.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the object being revoked. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Revocation Reason

Yes

Specifies the reason for revocation.

Compromise Occurrence Date

No

SHOULD be specified if the Revocation Reason is 'key compromise' or ‘CA compromise’ and SHALL NOT be specified for other Revocation Reason enumerations.

Table 295: Revoke Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Table 296: Revoke Response Payload

6.1.44.1 Error Handling – Revoke

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Revoke Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Field, Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 297: Revoke Errors

6.1.45 Re-certify

This request is used to renew an existing certificate for the same key pair. Only a single certificate SHALL be renewed at a time.

The Certificate Request object MAY be omitted, in which case the public key for which a Certificate object is generated SHALL be specified by its Unique Identifier only. If the Certificate Request Type and the Certificate Request objects are omitted and the Certificate Type is not specified using the Attributes object in the request, then the Certificate Type of the new certificate SHALL be the same as that of the existing certificate.

The Certificate Request is passed as a Byte String, which allows multiple certificate request types for X.509 certificates (e.g., PKCS#10, PEM, etc.) to be submitted to the server.

The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the new certificate returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

If the information in the Certificate Request field in the request conflicts with the attributes specified in the Attributes, then the information in the Certificate Request takes precedence.

As the new certificate takes over the name attribute of the existing certificate, Re-certify SHOULD only be performed once on a given (existing) certificate.

For the existing certificate, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replacement pointing to the new certificate. For the new certificate, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replaced pointing to the existing certificate. For the public key, the server SHALL change the Link attribute of Link Type Certificate to point to the new certificate.

An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference between the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the new certificate. If no Offset is specified, the Activation Date and Deactivation Date values are copied from the existing certificate. If Offset is set and dates exist for the existing certificate, then the dates of the new certificate SHALL be set based on the dates of the existing certificate as follows:

Attribute in Existing Certificate

Attribute in New Certificate

Initial Date (IT1)

Initial Date (IT2) > IT1

Activation Date (AT1)

Activation Date (AT2) =  IT2+ Offset

Deactivation Date (DT1)

Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2- AT1)

Table 298: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-certify

Attributes that are not copied from the existing certificate and that are handled in a specific way for the new certificate are:

Attribute

Action

Initial Date

Set to current time.

Destroy Date

Not set.

Revocation Reason

Not set.

Unique Identifier

New value generated.

Name

Set to the name(s) of the existing certificate; all name attributes are removed from the existing certificate.

State

Set based on attributes values, such as dates.

Digest

Recomputed from the new certificate value.

Link

Set to point to the existing certificate as the replaced certificate.

Last Change Date

Set to current time.

Table 299: Re-certify Attribute Requirements

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Certificate being renewed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Certificate Request Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Certificate Request.

Certificate Request Type

No

An Enumeration object specifying the type of certificate request. It is REQUIRED if the Certificate Request is present.

Certificate Request Value

No

A Byte String object with the certificate request.

Offset

No

An Interval object indicating the difference between the Initial Date of the new certificate and the Activation Date of the new certificate.

Attributes

No

Specifies desired object attributes.

 

Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the new object

Table 300: Re-certify Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the new certificate.

Table 301: Re-certify Response Payload

6.1.45.1 Error Handling - Re-certify

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Re-certify Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid CSR, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 302: Re-certify Errors

6.1.46 Re-key

This request is used to generate a replacement key for an existing symmetric key. It is analogous to the Create operation, except that attributes of the replacement key are copied from the existing key, with the exception of the attributes listed in Re-key Attribute Requirements.

As the replacement key takes over the name attribute of the existing key, Re-key SHOULD only be performed once on a given key.

The server SHALL copy the Unique Identifier of the replacement key returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

For the existing key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replacement Object pointing to the replacement key. For the replacement key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replaced Key pointing to the existing key.

An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference between the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key. If no Offset is specified, the Activation Date, Process Start Date, Protect Stop Date and Deactivation Date values are copied from the existing key. If Offset is set and dates exist for the existing key, then the dates of the replacement key SHALL be set based on the dates of the existing key as follows:

Attribute in Existing Key

Attribute in Replacement Key

Initial Date (IT1)

Initial Date (IT2) > IT1

Activation Date (AT1)

Activation Date (AT2) =  IT2+ Offset

Process Start Date (CT1)

Process Start Date = CT1+(AT2- AT1)

Protect Stop Date (TT1)

Protect Stop Date = TT1+(AT2- AT1)

Deactivation Date (DT1)

Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2- AT1)

Table 303: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key

Attributes requiring special handling when creating the replacement key are:

Attribute

Action

Initial Date

Set to the current time

Destroy Date

Not set

Compromise Occurrence Date

Not set

Compromise Date

Not set

Revocation Reason

Not set

Unique Identifier

New value generated

Usage Limits

The Total value is copied from the existing key, and the Count value in the existing key is set to the Total value.

Name

Set to the name(s) of the existing key; all name attributes are removed from the existing key.

State

Set based on attributes values, such as dates.

Digest

Recomputed from the replacement key value

Link

Set to point to the existing key as the replaced key

Last Change Date

Set to current time

Random Number Generator

Set to the random number generator used for creating the new managed object. Not copied from the original object.

Table 304: Re-key Attribute Requirements

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

Determines the existing Symmetric Key being re-keyed. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Offset

No

An Interval object indicating the difference between the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key to be created.

Attributes

No

Specifies desired object attributes.

Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all permissible Protection Storage Mask selections for the new object

Table 305: Re-key Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly-created replacement Symmetric Key.

Table 306: Re-key Response Payload

6.1.46.1 Error Handling - Re-key

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Re-key Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 307: Re-key Errors

6.1.47 Re-key Key Pair

This request is used to generate a replacement key pair for an existing public/private key pair.  It is analogous to the Create Key Pair operation, except that attributes of the replacement key pair are copied from the existing key pair, with the exception of the attributes listed in Re-key Key Pair Attribute Requirements tor.

As the replacement of the key pair takes over the name attribute for the existing public/private key pair, Re-key Key Pair SHOULD only be performed once on a given key pair.

For both the existing public key and private key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replacement Key pointing to the replacement public and private key, respectively. For both the replacement public and private key, the server SHALL create a Link attribute of Link Type Replaced Key pointing to the existing public and private key, respectively.

The server SHALL copy the Private Key Unique Identifier of the replacement private key returned by this operation into the ID Placeholder variable.

An Offset MAY be used to indicate the difference between the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key pair. If no Offset is specified, the Activation Date and Deactivation Date values are copied from the existing key pair. If Offset is set and dates exist for the existing key pair, then the dates of the replacement key pair SHALL be set based on the dates of the existing key pair as follows

Attribute in Existing Key Pair

Attribute in Replacement Key Pair

Initial Date (IT1)

Initial Date (IT2) > IT1

Activation Date (AT1)

Activation Date (AT2) =  IT2+ Offset

Deactivation Date (DT1)

Deactivation Date = DT1+(AT2- AT1)

Table 308: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key Key Pair

Attributes for the replacement key pair that are not copied from the existing key pair and which are handled in a specific way are:

Attribute

Action

Private Key Unique Identifier

New value generated

Public Key Unique Identifier

New value generated

Name

Set to the name(s) of the existing public/private keys; all name attributes of the existing public/private keys are removed.

Digest

Recomputed for both replacement public and private keys from the new public and private key values

Usage Limits

The Total Bytes/Total Objects value is copied from the existing key pair, while the Byte Count/Object Count values are set to the Total Bytes/Total Objects.

State

Set based on attributes values, such as dates.

Initial Date

Set to the current time

Destroy Date

Not set

Compromise Occurrence Date

Not set

Compromise Date

Not set

Revocation Reason

Not set

Link

Set to point to the existing public/private keys as the replaced public/private keys

Last Change Date

Set to current time

Random Number Generator

Set to the random number generator used for creating the new managed object. Not copied from the original object.

Table 309: Re-key Key Pair Attribute Requirements

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Private Key Unique Identifier

No

Determines the existing Asymmetric key pair to be re-keyed.  If omitted, then the ID Placeholder is substituted by the server.

Offset

No

An Interval object indicating the difference between the Initial Date and the Activation Date of the replacement key pair to be created.

Common Attributes

No

Specifies desired attributes that apply to both the Private and Public Key Objects.

 

Private Key Attributes

No

Specifies attributes that apply to the Private Key Object.  

Public Key Attributes

No

Specifies attributes that apply to the Public Key Object.

Common Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all Protection Storage Mask selections that are permissible for the new Private Key and new Public Key objects

Private Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all Protection

Storage Mask selections that are

permissible for the new Private Key

object.

Public Protection Storage Masks

No

Specifies all Protection

Storage Mask selections that are

permissible for the new Public Key

object.

Table 310: Re-key Key Pair Request Payload

 

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Private Key Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created replacement Private Key object.

Public Key Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the newly created replacement Public Key object.

Table 311: Re-key Key Pair Response Payload

6.1.47.1 Error Handling - Re-key Key Pair

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Re-key Key Pair Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Private Protection Storage Unavailable, Public Protection Storage Unavailable, Response Too Large

Table 312: Re-key Key Pair Errors

6.1.48 Re-Provision

This request is used to generate a replacement client link level credential from an existing client link level credential. The client requesting re-provisioning SHALL provide a certificate signing request, or a certificate, or no parameters if the server will create the client credential .

If the client provides a certificate signing request, the server SHALL process the certificate signing request and assign the new certificate to the be the client link level credential. The server SHALL return the unique identifier for the signed certificate stored on the server.

If the client provides a certificate, the server SHALL associate the certificate with the client as the client’s link level credential. The server SHALL return the unique identifier for the certificate stored on the server.

Where no parameters are provided, the server shall generate a key pair and certificate associated with the client. The server SHALL return the unique identifier for the private key. The client may then subsequently retrieve the private key via a Get operation.

The current client credential SHALL be made invalid and cannot be used in future KMIP requests.

Re-Provision SHALL be called by the client that requires new credentials

Re-Provision SHOULD fail if the certificate that represents the client credential has expired.

Re-Provision SHALL fail if the certificate that represents the client credential has been Revoked.

Re-Provision SHALL fail if the certificate that represents the client credential has been compromised.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Certificate Request

No

The certificate request to be signed

Certificate

No

The certificate to replace the existing certificate

Table 313: Re-Provision Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Certificate or Private Key unique identifier

Table 314: Re-Provision Response Payload

6.1.48.1 Error Handling – Re-Provision

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Re-Provision Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 315: RNG Retrieve Errors

6.1.49 RNG Retrieve

This operation requests the server to return output from a Random Number Generator (RNG).

The request contains the quantity of output requested.

The response contains the RNG output.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Data Length

Yes

The amount of random number generator output to be returned (in bytes).

Table 316: RNG Retrieve Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Data

Yes

The random number generator output.

Table 317: RNG Retrieve Response Payload

6.1.49.1 Error Handling - RNG Retrieve

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a RNG Retrieve Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 318: RNG Retrieve Errors

6.1.50 RNG Seed

This operation requests the server to seed a Random Number Generator.

The request contains the seeding material.

The response contains the amount of seed data used.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

The server MAY elect to ignore the information provided by the client (i.e. not accept the seeding material) and MAY indicate this to the client by returning zero as the value in the Data Length response. A client SHALL NOT consider a response from a server which does not use the provided data as an error.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Data

Yes

The data to be provided as a seed to the random number generator.

Table 319: RNG Seed Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Data Length

Yes

The amount of seed data used (in bytes).

Table 320: RNG Seed Response Payload

6.1.50.1 Error Handling - RNG Seed

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a RNG Seed Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Cryptographic Failure, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 321: RNG Seed Errors

6.1.51 Set Attribute

This operation requests the server to either add or modify an attribute. The request contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Object to which the attribute pertains, along with the attribute and value. If the object did not have any instances of the attribute, one is created. If the object had exactly one instance, then it is modified. If it has more than one instance an error is raised. Read-Only attributes SHALL NOT be added or modified using this operation.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the object. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value is used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

New Attribute

Yes

Specifies the new value for the attribute associated with the object.

Table 322: Set Attribute Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Object.

Table 323: Set Attribute Response Payload

6.1.51.1 Error Handling - Set Attribute

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Add Attribute Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Attribute Value, Invalid Attribute Value, Multi Valued Attribute, Non Unique Name Attribute, Object Not Found, Read Only Attribute, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large, Wrong Key Lifecycle State

Table 324: Set Attribute Errors

6.1.52 Set Constraints

This operation instructs the server to set the constraints that will be applied to Managed Objects during

operations.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Constraints

Yes

The set of Constraints to apply during

operations.

Table 325: Set Constraints Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

 

 

 

Table 326: Set Constraints Response Payload

6.1.52.1 Error Handling - Set Constraints

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Set

Constraints Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Field, Invalid Object Type, Attestation Failed,

Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid

Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported,

Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 327: Set Constraints Errors

6.1.53 Set Defaults

This operation instructs the server to set the default attributes that will be applied to Managed Objects during factory operations if the client does not supply values for mandatory attributes.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Defaults Information

No

The set of Object Defaults to begin using.  If no Defaults Information is

supplied, the semantic is to remove all Object Defaults from the server.

Table 328: Set Defaults Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

 

 

 

Table 329: Set Defaults Response Payload

6.1.53.1 Error Handling - Set Defaults

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Set

Defaults Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Field, Invalid Object Type, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 330: Set Defaults Errors

6.1.54 Set Endpoint Role

This operation requests specifying the role of server for subsequent requests and responses over the current client-to-server communication channel. After successful completion of the operation the server assumes the client role, and the client assumes the server role, but the communication channel remains as established.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Endpoint Role

Yes

The endpoint role for the server to apply.

Table 331: Set Endpoint Role Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Endpoint Role

Yes

The accepted endpoint role as applied by the server.

Table 332: Set Endpoint Role Response Payload

6.1.54.1 Error Handling - Set Endpoint Role

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Set Endpoint Role Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Permission Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 333: Set Endpoint Role Errors

6.1.55 Sign

This operation requests the server to perform a signature operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the signature operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (digital signature algorithm or cryptographic algorithm and hash algorithm) and the data to be signed. The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.

If the Managed Cryptographic Object referenced has a Usage Limits attribute then the server SHALL obtain an allocation from the current Usage Limits value prior to performing the signing operation. If the allocation is unable to be obtained the operation SHALL return with a result status of Operation Failed and result reason of Permission Denied.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the result of the signature operation.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the signature operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Digital Signature Algorithm or Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the particular signature generation method requested. If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

Yes for single-part, unless Digested Data is supplied.. No for multi-part.

The data to be.

Digested Data

No

The digested data to be signed (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 334: Sign Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the signature operation.

Signature Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The signed data (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 335: Sign Response Payload

6.1.55.1 Error Handling - Sign

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a sign Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Object Not Found, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Usage Limit Exceeded, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 336: Sign Errors

6.1.56 Signature Verify

This operation requests the server to perform a signature verify operation on the provided data using a Managed Cryptographic Object as the key for the signature verification operation.

The request contains information about the cryptographic parameters (digital signature algorithm or cryptographic algorithm and hash algorithm) and the signature to be verified and MAY contain the data that was passed to the signing operation (for those algorithms which need the original data to verify a signature).

The cryptographic parameters MAY be omitted from the request as they can be specified as associated attributes of the Managed Cryptographic Object.

The response contains the Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object used as the key and the OPTIONAL data recovered from the signature (for those signature algorithms where data recovery from the signature is supported). The validity of the signature is indicated by the Validity Indicator field.

The response message SHALL include the Validity Indicator for single-part Signature Verify operations and for the final part of a multi-part Signature Verify operation. Non-Final parts of multi-part Signature Verify operations SHALL NOT include the Validity Indicator.

The success or failure of the operation is indicated by the Result Status (and if failure the Result Reason) in the response header.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

No

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key to use for the signature verify operation. If omitted, then the ID Placeholder value SHALL be used by the server as the Unique Identifier.

Cryptographic Parameters

No

The Cryptographic Parameters (Digital Signature Algorithm or Cryptographic Algorithm and Hashing Algorithm) corresponding to the particular signature verification method requested.

If there are no Cryptographic Parameters associated with the Managed Cryptographic Object and the algorithm requires parameters then the operation SHALL return with a Result Status of Operation Failed.

Data

No

The data that was.

Digested Data

No

The digested data to be verified (as a Byte String)

Signature Data

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

The signature to be verified (as a Byte String).

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the existing stream or by-parts cryptographic operation (as returned from a previous call to this operation).

Init Indicator

No

Initial operation as Boolean

Final Indicator

No

Final operation as Boolean

Table 337: Signature Verify Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the Managed Cryptographic Object that is the key used for the verification operation.

Validity Indicator

Yes for single-part. No for multi-part.

An Enumeration object indicating whether the signature is valid, invalid, or unknown. 

Data

No

The OPTIONAL recovered data (as a Byte String) for those signature algorithms where data recovery from the signature is supported.

Correlation Value

No

Specifies the stream or by-parts value to be provided in subsequent calls to this operation for performing cryptographic operations.

Table 338: Signature Verify Response Payload

6.1.56.1 Error Handling - Signature Verify

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a signature Verify Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Bad Cryptographic Parameters, Cryptographic Failure, Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask, Invalid Correlation Value, Invalid Object Type, Invalid Object Type, Key Value Not Present, Object Not Found, Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters, Wrong Key Lifecycle State, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 339: Signature Verify Errors

6.1.57 Validate

This operation requests the server to validate a certificate chain and return information on its validity. Only a single certificate chain SHALL be included in each request.

The request MAY contain a list of certificate objects, and/or a list of Unique Identifiers that identify Managed Certificate objects. Together, the two lists compose a certificate chain to be validated. The request MAY also contain a date for which all certificates in the certificate chain are REQUIRED to be valid.

The method or policy by which validation is conducted is a decision of the server and is outside of the scope of this protocol. Likewise, the order in which the supplied certificate chain is validated and the specification of trust anchors used to terminate validation are also controlled by the server.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Certificate

No, MAY be repeated

One or more Certificates.

Unique Identifier

No, MAY be repeated

One or more Unique Identifiers of Certificate Objects.

Validity Date

No

A Date-Time object indicating when the certificate chain needs to be valid. If omitted, the current date and time SHALL be assumed.

Table 340: Validate Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Validity Indicator

Yes

An Enumeration object indicating whether the certificate chain is valid, invalid, or unknown.

Table 341: Validate Response Payload

6.1.57.1 Error Handling – Validate

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Validate Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Invalid Field, Invalid Object Type, Object Not Found, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 342: Validate Errors

6.2 Server-to-Client Operations

Server-to-client operations are used by servers to send information or Managed Objects to clients via means outside of the normal client-server request-response mechanism. These operations are used to send Managed Objects directly to clients without a specific request from the client.

6.2.1 Discover Versions

This operation is used by the server to determine a list of protocol versions that is supported by the client. The request payload contains an OPTIONAL list of protocol versions that is supported by the server. The protocol versions SHALL be ranked in decreasing order of preference.

The response payload contains a list of protocol versions that are supported by the client. The protocol versions are ranked in decreasing order of preference. If the server provides the client with a list of supported protocol versions in the request payload, the client SHALL return only the protocol versions that are supported by both the client and server. The client SHOULD list all the protocol versions supported by both client and server. If the protocol version specified in the request header is not specified in the request payload and the client does not support any protocol version specified in the request payload, the client SHALL return an empty list in the response payload. If no protocol versions are specified in the request payload, the client SHOULD return all the protocol versions that are supported by the client.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Protocol Version

No, MAY be Repeated

The list of protocol versions supported by the server ordered in decreasing order of preference.

Table 343: Discover Versions Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Protocol Version

No, MAY be repeated

The list of protocol versions supported by the client ordered in decreasing order of preference.

6.2.1.1 Error Handling – Discover Versions

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Discover Versions Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Permission Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 344: Discover Versions Errors

6.2.2 Notify

This operation is used to notify a client of events that resulted in changes to attributes of an object. This operation is only ever sent by a server to a client via means outside of the normal client request/response protocol, using information known to the server via unspecified configuration or administrative mechanisms. It contains the Unique Identifier of the object to which the notification applies, and a list of the attributes whose changed values or deletion have triggered the notification. The client SHALL send a response in the form of a Response containing no payload, unless both the client and server have prior knowledge (obtained via out-of-band mechanisms) that the client is not able to respond.

Message Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Attributes

No

The attributes that have changed. This includes at least the Last Change Date attribute.

Attribute Reference

No, may be repeated

The attributes that have been deleted.

6.2.2.1 Error Handling – Notify

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Notify Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Permission Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 345: Notify Message Errors

6.2.3 Put

This operation is used to “push” Managed Objects to clients. This operation is only ever sent by a server to a client via means outside of the normal client request/response protocol, using information known to the server via unspecified configuration or administrative mechanisms. It contains the Unique Identifier of the object that is being sent, and the object itself. The client SHALL send a response in the form of a Response Message  containing no payload, unless both the client and server have prior knowledge (obtained via out-of-band mechanisms) that the client is not able to respond.

The Put Function field indicates whether the object being “pushed” is a new object, or is a replacement for an object already known to the client (e.g., when pushing a certificate to replace one that is about to expire, the Put Function field would be set to indicate replacement, and the Unique Identifier of the expiring certificate would be placed in the Replaced Unique Identifier field). The Put Function SHALL contain one of the following values:

·         New – which indicates that the object is not a replacement for another object.

·         Replace – which indicates that the object is a replacement for another object, and that the Replaced Unique Identifier field is present and contains the identification of the replaced object. In case the object with the Replaced Unique Identifier does not exist at the client, the client SHALL interpret this as if the Put Function contained the value New.

The Attribute field contains one or more attributes that the server is sending along with the object. The server MAY include the attributes associated with the object.

 

Message Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Unique Identifier

Yes

The Unique Identifier of the object.

Put Function

Yes

Indicates function for Put message.

Replaced Unique Identifier

No

Unique Identifier of the replaced object. SHALL be present if the Put Function is Replace.

All  Objects

Yes

The object being sent to the client.

Attributes

No

The additional attributes that the server wishes to send with the object.

6.2.3.1 Error Handling – Put

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Put Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Permission Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

 Table 346: Put Errors

6.2.4 Query

This operation is used by the server to interrogate the client to determine its capabilities and/or protocol mechanisms. The Query Function field in the request SHALL contain one or more of the following items:

·         Query Operations

·         Query Objects

·         Query Server Information

·         Query Extension List

·         Query Extension Map

·         Query Attestation Types

·         Query RNGs

·         Query Validations

·         Query Profiles

·         Query Capabilities

·         Query Client Registration Methods

The Operation fields in the response contain Operation enumerated values, which SHALL list all the operations that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Operations value in the Query Function field, then these fields SHALL be returned in the response.

The Object Type fields in the response contain Object Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the object types that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Objects value in the Query Function field, then these fields SHALL be returned in the response.

The Server Information field in the response is a structure containing vendor-specific fields and/or substructures. If the request contains a Query Server Information value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response.

The Extension Information fields in the response contain the descriptions of Objects with Item Tag values in the Extensions range that are supported by the server. If the request contains a Query Extension List and/or Query Extension Map value in the Query Function field, then the Extensions Information fields SHALL be returned in the response. If the Query Function field contains the Query Extension Map value, then the Extension Tag and Extension Type fields SHALL be specified in the Extension Information values. If both Query Extension List and Query Extension Map are specified in the request, then only the response to Query Extension Map SHALL be returned and the Query Extension List SHALL be ignored.

The Attestation Type fields in the response contain Attestation Type enumerated values, which SHALL list all the attestation types that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Attestation Types value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Attestation Types.

The RNG Parameters fields in the response SHALL list all the Random Number Generators that the client supports. If the request contains a Query RNGs value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response. If the server is unable to specify details of the RNG then it SHALL return an RNG Parameters with the RNG Algorithm enumeration of Unspecified.

The Validation Information field in the response is a structure containing details of each formal validation which the client asserts. If the request contains a Query Validations value, then zero or more Validation Information fields SHALL be returned in the response. A client MAY elect to return no validation information in the response.

A Profile Information field in the response is a structure containing details of the profiles that a client supports including potentially how it supports that profile. If the request contains a Query Profiles value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the client supports any Profiles.

The Capability Information fields in the response contain details of the capability of the client.

The Client Registration Method fields in the response contain Client Registration Method enumerated values, which SHALL list all the client registration methods that the client supports. If the request contains a Query Client Registration Methods value in the Query Function field, then this field SHALL be returned in the response if the server supports any Client Registration Methods.

Note that the response payload is empty if there are no values to return.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Query Function

Yes, MAY be Repeated

Determines the information being queried.

Table 347: Query Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Operation

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Operation that is supported by the client.

Object Type

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies a Managed Object Type that is supported by the client.

Vendor Identification

No

SHALL be returned if Query Server Information is requested.  The Vendor Identification SHALL be a text string that uniquely identifies the vendor.

Server Information

No

Contains vendor-specific information in response to the Query.

Extension Information

No, MAY be repeated

SHALL be returned if Query Extension List or Query Extension Map is requested and supported by the client.

Attestation Type

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies an Attestation Type that is supported by the client.

RNG Parameters

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the RNG that is supported by the client.

Profile Information

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the Profiles that are supported by the client.

Validation Information

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the validations that are supported by the client.

Capability Information

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies the capabilities that are supported by the client.

Client Registration Method

No, MAY be repeated

Specifies a Client Registration Method that is supported by the client.

6.2.4.1 Error Handling – Query

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Query Operation.

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Permission Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

 Table 348: Query Errors

6.2.5 Set Endpoint Role

This operation requests specifying the role of server for subsequent requests and responses over the current client-to-server communication channel. After successful completion of the operation the server assumes the client role, and the client assumes the server role, but the communication channel remains as established.

Request Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Endpoint Role

Yes

The endpoint role for the client to apply.

Table 349: Set Endpoint Role Request Payload

Response Payload

Item

REQUIRED

Description

Endpoint Role

Yes

The accepted endpoint role as applied by the client.

Table 350: Set Endpoint Role Response Payload

6.2.5.1 Error Handling - Set Endpoint Role

This section details the specific Result Reasons that SHALL be returned for errors detected in a Set Endpoint Role Operation.

 

Result Status

Result Reason

Operation Failed

Permission Denied, Attestation Failed, Attestation Required, Feature Not Supported, Invalid Field, Invalid Message, Operation Not Supported, Permission Denied, Response Too Large

Table 351: Set Endpoint Role Errors

 

7      Operations Data Structures

Common structure used across multiple operations

7.1 Asynchronous Correlation Values

A list of Asynchronous Correlation Values.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Asynchronous Correlation Values

Structure

 

Asynchronous Correlation Value

Byte String

No

Table 352 Asynchronous Correlation Values Structure

7.2 Asynchronous Request

The Asynchronous Request structure contains details of an asynchronous request whose status has not yet been obtained by the submitter.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Asynchronous Request

Structure

 

Asynchronous Correlation Value

Byte String

Yes

Operation

Enumeration

Yes

Submission Date

Date Time Extended

Yes

Processing Stage

Enumeration

Yes

Table 353 Asynchronous Request Structure

7.3 Authenticated Encryption Additional Data

The Authenticated Encryption Additional Data object is used in authenticated encryption and decryption operations that require the transmission of that data between client and server.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Authenticated Encryption Additional Data

Byte String

No

Table 354 Authenticated Encryption Additional Data

7.4 Authenticated Encryption Tag

The Authenticated Encryption Tag object is used to validate the integrity of the data encrypted and decrypted in “Authenticated Encryption” mode. See [SP800-38D].

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Authenticated Encryption Tag

Byte String

No

Table 355 Authenticated Encryption Tag

7.5 Capability Information

The Capability Information base object is a structure that contains details of the supported capabilities.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Capability Information

Structure

 

Streaming Capability

Boolean

No

Asynchronous Capability

Boolean

No

Attestation Capability

Boolean

No

Batch Undo Capability

Boolean

No

Batch Continue Capability

Boolean

No

Unwrap Mode

Enumeration

No

Destroy Action

Enumeration

No

Shredding Algorithm

Enumeration

No

RNG Mode

Enumeration

No

Quantum Safe Capability

Boolean

No

Table 356: Capability Information Structure

7.6 Constraint

The Constraint is a structure that contains details of a constraint that is applied to operations that create

Managed Objects.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Constraint

Structure

YES

Object Types

Structure

No

Object Groups

Structure

No

Attributes

Structure

No

Table 357: Constraint Structure

7.7 Constraints

A set of Constraint structures.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Constraints

Structure

YES

Constraint

Structure

No, May be repeated.

Table 358: Constraints Structure

7.8 Correlation Value

The Correlation Value is used in requests and responses in cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming) operations. This is generated by the server and returned in the first response to an operation that is being performed across multiple requests. Note: the server decides which operations are supported for multi-part usage. A server-generated correlation value SHALL be specified in any subsequent cryptographic operations that pertain to the original operation.

Object

Encoding

Correlation Value

Byte String

Table 359: Correlation Value Structure

7.9 Data

The Data object is used in requests and responses in cryptographic operations that pass data between the client and the server.

Encoding

Description

Byte String

The Data

Enumeration

Data  Enumeration

Integer

Zero based nth Data in the response. If negative the count is backwards from the beginning of the current operation’s batch item.

Table 360: Data encoding descriptions

Object

Encoding

Data

Byte String, Enumeration or Integer

Table 361: Data

7.10 Data Length

The Data Length is used in requests in cryptographic operations to indicate the amount of data expected in a response.

Object

Encoding

Data Length

Integer

Table 362: Data Length Structure

7.11 Defaults Information

The Defaults Information is a structure used in Query responses for values that servers will use if clients omit them from factory operations requests.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Defaults Information

Structure

 

Object Defaults

Structure, may be repeated

No

Table 363: Defaults Information Structure

7.12 Derivation Parameters

The Derivation Parameters for all derivation methods consist of the following parameters.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Derivation Parameters

Structure

Yes.

Cryptographic Parameters,

Structure

No, depends on the PRF.

Initialization Vector

Byte String

No, depends on the PRF (if different than those defined in [PKCS#5]) and mode of operation: an empty IV is assumed if not provided.

Derivation Data

Byte String

Yes, unless the Unique Identifier of a Secret Data object is provided. May be repeated.

Salt

Byte String

Yes if Derivation method is PBKDF2.

Iteration Count

Integer

Yes if Derivation method is PBKDF2.

Table 364: Derivation Parameters Structure

Cryptographic Parameters identify the Pseudorandom Function (PRF) or the mode of operation of the PRF (e.g., if a key is to be derived using the HASH derivation method, then clients are REQUIRED to indicate the hash algorithm inside Cryptographic Parameters; similarly, if a key is to be derived using AES in CBC mode, then clients are REQUIRED to indicate the Block Cipher Mode).

If a key is derived using HMAC, then the attributes of the derivation key provide enough information about the PRF, and the Cryptographic Parameters are ignored.

Derivation Data is either the data to be encrypted, hashed, or HMACed. For the NIST SP 800-108 methods [SP800-108], Derivation Data is Label||{0x00}||Context, where the all-zero byte is optional.

Most derivation methods (e.g., Encrypt) REQUIRE a derivation key and the derivation data to be used. The HASH derivation method REQUIRES either a derivation key or derivation data. Derivation data MAY either be explicitly provided by the client with the Derivation Data field or implicitly provided by providing the Unique Identifier of a Secret Data object. If both are provided, then an error SHALL be returned.

For the AWS Signature Version 4 derivation method, the Derivation Data is (in order) the Date, Region, and Service.

For the HKDF derivation method, the Input Key Material is provided by the specified managed object, the salt is provided in the Salt field of the Derivation Parameters, the optional information is provided in the Derivation Data field of the Derivation Parameters, the output length is specified in the Cryptographic Length attribute provided in the Attributes request parameter. The default hash function is SHA-256 and may be overriden by specifying a Hashing Algorithm in the Cryptographic Parameters field of the Derivation Parameters.

7.13 Extension Information

An Extension Information object is a structure describing Objects with Item Tag values in the Extensions range. The Extension Name is a Text String that is used to name the Object. The Extension Tag is the Item Tag Value of the Object. The Extension Type is the Item Type Value of the Object.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Extension Information

Structure

 

Extension Name

Text String

Yes

Extension Tag

Integer

No

Extension Type

Enumeration (Item Type)

No

Extension Enumeration

Integer

No

Extension Attribute

Boolean

No

Extension Parent Structure Tag

Integer

No

Extension Description

Text String

No

Table 365: Extension Information Structure

7.14 Final Indicator

The Final Indicator is used in requests in cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming) operations. This is provided in the final (last) request with a value of True to an operation that is being performed across multiple requests.

Object

Encoding

Final Indicator

Boolean

Table 366: Final Indicator Structure

7.15 Interop Function

The IInterop Functrion is used in requests and responses in to indicate the commencement or completion of an interop operation.

Object

Encoding

Interop Function

Enumeration

Table 367: Interop Function Structure

7.16 Interop Identifier

The Interop Identifier is used in requests and responses in to indicate that which interop test is being performed.

Object

Encoding

Interop identifier

TextString

Table 368: Interop Function Structure

7.17 Init Indicator

The Init Indicator is used in requests in cryptographic operations that support multi-part (streaming) operations. This is provided in the first request with a value of True to an operation that is being performed across multiple requests.

Object

Encoding

Init Indicator

Boolean

Table 369: Init Indicator Structure

7.18 Key Wrapping Specification

This is a separate structure that is defined for operations that provide the option to return wrapped keys. The Key Wrapping Specification SHALL be included inside the operation request if clients request the server to return a wrapped key. If Cryptographic Parameters are specified in the Encryption Key Information and/or the MAC/Signature Key Information of the Key Wrapping Specification, then the server SHALL verify that they match one of the instances of the Cryptographic Parameters attribute of the corresponding key.. If the corresponding key does not have any Cryptographic Parameters attribute, or if no match is found, then an error is returned.

This structure contains:

·         A Wrapping Method that indicates the method used to wrap the Key Value.

·         Encryption Key Information with the Unique Identifier value of the encryption key and associated cryptographic parameters.

·         MAC/Signature Key Information with the Unique Identifier value of the MAC/signature key and associated cryptographic parameters.

·         Zero or more Attribute Names to indicate the attributes to be wrapped with the key material.

·         An Encoding Option, specifying the encoding of the Key Value before wrapping. If No Encoding is specified, then the Key Value SHALL NOT contain any attributes

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Key Wrapping Specification

Structure

 

Wrapping Method

Enumeration

Yes

Encryption Key Information

Structure

No, SHALL be present if MAC/Signature Key Information is omitted

MAC/Signature Key Information

Structure

No, SHALL be present if Encryption Key Information is omitted

Attribute Name

Text String, MAY be repeated

No

Encoding Option

Enumeration

No. If Encoding Option is not present, the wrapped Key Value SHALL be TTLV encoded.

Table 370: Key Wrapping Specification Object Structure

7.19 Log Message

The Log Message is used in the Log operation.

Object

Encoding

Log Message

Text String

Table 371: Log Message Structure

7.20 MAC Data

The MAC Data is used in requests and responses in cryptographic operations that pass MAC data between the client and the server.

Object

Encoding

MAC Data

Byte String

Table 372: MAC Data Structure

7.21 Objects

A list of Object Unique Identifiers.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Objects

Structure

 

Unique Identifier

Text String, Enumeration or Integer

No, May be repeated.

Table 373: Objects Structure

7.22 Object Defaults

The Object Defaults is a structure that details the values that the server will use if the client omits them on factory methods for objects. The structure list the Attributes and  their values by Object Type enumeration, as well as the Object Group(s) for which such defaults pertain (if not pertinent to ALL Object Group values).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Object Defaults

Structure

 

Object Type | ObjectTypes

Enumeration | Structure

Yes

Attributes

Structure

Yes

Object Groups

Structure

No

Table 374: Object Defaults Structure

7.23 Object Groups

The Object Groups is a structure that lists the relevant Object Group Attributes and their values.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Object Groups

Structure

 

Object Group

Attribute, May be repeated

No

Table 375: Object Groups Structure

7.24 Object Types

The Object Types is a list of Object Type(s).

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Object Types

Structure

 

Object Type

Enumeration

No, May be repeated.

Table 376: ObjectTypes Structure

7.25 Operations

A list of Operations.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Operations

Structure

 

Operation

Enumeration

No, May be repeated.

Table 377: Operations Structure

7.26 PKCS#11 Function

The PKCS#11 Function structure contains details of the PKCS#11 Function. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of profiles.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

PKCS#11 Function

Structure

 

PKCS#11 Function

Enumeration

Yes

Table 378: PKCS#11 Function Structure

7.27 PKCS#11 Input Parameters

The PKCS#11 Input Parameters structure contains details of the PKCS#11 Input Parameters. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of profiles.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

PKCS#11 Input Parameters

Structure

 

PKCS#11 Input Parameters

ByteString

No

Table 379: PKCS#11 Input Parameters Structure

7.28 PKCS#11 Interface

The PKCS#11 Interface structure contains details of the PKCS#11 Interface. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of profiles.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

PKCS#11 Interface

Structure

 

PKCS#11 Interface

TextString

No

Table 380: PKCS#11 Interface Structure

7.29 PKCS#11 Output Parameters

The PKCS#11 Output Parameters structure contains details of the PKCS#11 Output Parameters. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of profiles.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

PKCS#11 Output Parameters

Structure

 

PKCS#11 Output Parameters

ByteString

No

Table 381: PKCS#11 Output Parameters Structure

7.30 PKCS#11 Return Code

The PKCS#11 Return Code structure contains details of the PKCS#11 Return Code. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of profiles.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

PKCS#11 Return Code

Structure

 

PKCS#11 Return Code

Enumeration

Yes

Table 382: PKCS#11 Return Code Structure

7.31 Profile Information

The Profile Information structure contains details of the supported profiles. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of profiles.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Profile Information

Structure

 

Profile Name

Enumeration

Yes

Profile Version

Structure

No

Server URI

Text String

No

Server Port

Integer

No

Table 383: Profile Information Structure

7.32 Profile Version

The Profile Version structure contains the version number of the profile, ensuring that the profile is fully understood by both communicating parties. The version number SHALL be specified in two parts, major and minor.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Profile Version

Structure

 

Profile Version Major

Integer

Yes

Profile Version Minor

Integer

Yes

Table 384: Profile Version Structure

7.33 Protection Storage Masks

The Protection Storage Masks operations data object is a structure that contains an ordered collection of

Protection Storage Mask selections acceptable to the client. The server MAY service the request with

ANY Storage Protection Mask that the client passes, but SHALL return an error if no single Storage

Protection Mask can be satisfied in its entirety (all bits match). When more than one Protection Storage

Mask is specified by a Client, then all are acceptable alternatives. Note that there are also variants of

Protection Storage Masks to deal with the operations that deal with asymmetric pairs (Common

Protection Storage Masks, Private Protection Storage Masks and Public Protection Storage Masks), as

the client may have different requirements on the parts of the pair, but the layout of those variants is

identical to the one expressed here.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Protection Storage Masks

Structure

 

Table 385: Protection Storage Mask Structure

 

7.34 Right

The Right base object is a structure that defines a right to perform specific numbers of specific operations on specific managed objects. If any field is omitted, then that aspect is unrestricted..

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Right

Structure

 

Usage Limits

Structure

No

Operations

Structure

No

Objects

Structure

No

Object Groups

Structure

No

Table 386: Right Structure

7.35 Rights

A list of Rights.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Rights

Structure

 

Right

Structure

No, May be repeated.

Table 387: Rights Structure

7.36 RNG Parameters

The RNG Parameters base object is a structure that contains a mandatory RNG Algorithm and a set of OPTIONAL fields that describe a Random Number Generator. Specific fields pertain only to certain types of RNGs.

The RNG Algorithm SHALL be specified and if the algorithm implemented is unknown or the implementation does not want to provide the specific details of the RNG Algorithm then the Unspecified enumeration SHALL be used.

If the cryptographic building blocks used within the RNG are known they MAY be specified in combination of the remaining fields within the RNG Parameters structure.

 

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

RNG Parameters

Structure

 

RNG Algorithm

Enumeration

Yes

Cryptographic Algorithm

Enumeration

No

Cryptographic Length

Integer

No

Hashing Algorithm

Enumeration

No

DRBG Algorithm

Enumeration

No

Recommended Curve

Enumeration

No

FIPS186 Variation

Enumeration

No

Prediction Resistance

Boolean

No

Table 388: RNG Parameters Structure

7.37 Server Information

The Server Information  base object is a structure that contains a set of OPTIONAL fields that describe server information. Where a server supports returning information in a vendor-specific field for which there is an equivalent field within the structure, the server SHALL provide the standardized version of the field.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Server Information

Structure

 

Server name

Text String

No

Server serial number

Text String

No

Server version

Text String

No

Server load

Text String

No

Product name

Text String

No

Build level

Text String

No

Build date

Text String

No

Cluster info

Text String

No

Alternative failover endpoints

Text String, MAY be repeated

No

Vendor-Specific

Any, MAY be repeated

No

Table 389: Server Information Structure

7.38 Signature Data

The Signature Data is used in requests and responses in cryptographic operations that pass signature data between the client and the server.

Object

Encoding

Signature Data

Byte String

Table 390: Signature Data Structure

7.39 Ticket

The ticket structure used to specify a Ticket

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Ticket

Structure

 

Ticket Type

Enumeration

Yes

Ticket Value

Byte String

Yes

Table 391: Ticket Structure

7.40 Usage Limits

The Usage Limits structure is used to limit the number of operations that may be performed.

Item

Encoding

REQUIRED

Usage Limits

Structure

 

Usage Limits Total

Long Integer

Yes

Usage Limits Count

Long Integer

Yes

Usage Limits Unit

Enumeration

Yes

Table 392: Usage limits Structure

7.41 Validation Information

The Validation Information base object is a structure that contains details of a formal validation. Specific fields MAY pertain only to certain types of validations.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Validation Information

Structure

 

Validation Authority Type

Enumeration

Yes

Validation Authority Country

Text String

No

Validation Authority URI

Text String

No

Validation Version Major

Integer

Yes

Validation Version Minor

Integer

No

Validation Type

Enumeration

Yes

Validation Level

Integer

Yes

Validation Certificate Identifier

Text String

No

Validation Certificate URI

Text String

No

Validation Vendor URI

Text String

No

Validation Profile

Text String, MAY be repeated

No

Table 393: Validation Information Structure

The Validation Authority along with the Validation Version Major, Validation Type and Validation Level SHALL be provided to uniquely identify a validation for a given validation authority. If the Validation Certificate URI is not provided the server SHOULD include a Validation Vendor URI from which information related to the validation is available.

The Validation Authority Country is the two letter ISO country code.

8      Messages

The messages in the protocol consist of a message header, one or more batch items (which contain OPTIONAL message payloads), and OPTIONAL message extensions. The message headers contain fields whose presence is determined by the protocol features used (e.g., asynchronous responses). The field contents are also determined by whether the message is a request or a response. The message payload is determined by the specific operation being requested or to which is being replied.

The message headers are structures that contain some of the following objects.

Messages contain the following objects and fields. All fields SHALL appear in the order specified.

If the client is capable of accepting asynchronous responses, then it MAY set the Asynchronous Indicator in the header of a batched request. The batched responses MAY contain a mixture of synchronous and asynchronous responses only if the Asynchronous Indicator is present in the header.

 

8.1 Request Message

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Request Message

Structure

 

Request Header

Structure

Yes

Batch Item

Structure, MAY be repeated

Yes

Table 394: Request Message Structure

8.2 Request Header

Request Header

Object

REQUIRED in Message

Comment

Request Header

Yes

Structure

Protocol Version

Yes

 

Maximum Response Size

No

 

Client Correlation Value

No

 

Server Correlation Value

No

 

Asynchronous Indicator

No

 

Attestation Capable Indicator

No

 

Attestation Type

No, MAY be repeated

 

Authentication

No

 

Batch Error Continuation Option

No

If omitted, then Stop is assumed

Batch Order Option

No

If omitted, then True is assumed

Time Stamp

No

 

Batch Count

Yes

 

Table 395: Request Header Structure

8.3 Request Batch Item

Request Batch Item

Object

REQUIRED in Message

Comment

Batch Item

Yes

Structure

Operation

Yes

 

Ephemeral

No

Indicates that the Data output of the operation should not be returned to the client. Boolean.

Unique Batch Item ID

No

REQUIRED if Batch Count > 1

Request Payload

Yes

Structure, contents depend on the Operation

Message Extension

No, MAY be repeated

 

Table 396: Request Batch Item Structure

 

8.4 Response Message

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Response Message

Structure

 

Response Header

Structure

Yes

Batch Item

Structure, MAY be repeated

Yes

Table 397: Response Message Structure

8.5 Response Header

Response Header

Object

REQUIRED in Message

Comment

Response Header

Yes

Structure

Protocol Version

Yes

 

Time Stamp

Yes

 

Nonce

No

 

Server Hashed Password

Yes, if Hashed Password credential was used

Hash(Timestamp || S1 || Hash(S2)), where S1, S2 and the Hash algorithm are defined in the Hashed Password credential.

Attestation Type

No, MAY be repeated

REQUIRED in Attestation Required error message if client set Attestation Capable Indicator to True in the request

Client Correlation Value

No

 

Server Correlation Value

No

 

Batch Count

Yes

 

Table 398: Response Header Structure

8.6 Response Batch Item

Response Batch Item

Object

REQUIRED in Message

Comment

Batch Item

Yes

Structure

Operation

Yes, if specified in Request Batch Item

 

Unique Batch Item ID

No

REQUIRED if present in Request Batch Item

Result Status

Yes

 

Result Reason

Yes, if Result Status is Failure

REQUIRED if Result Status is Failure, otherwise OPTIONAL

Result Message

No

OPTIONAL if Result Status is not Pending or Success

Asynchronous Correlation Value

No

REQUIRED if Result Status is Pending

Response Payload

Yes, if not a failure

Structure, contents depend on the Operation

Message Extension

No

 

Table 399: Response Batch Item Structure

9      Message Data Structures

Data structures passed within request and response messages.

9.1 Asynchronous Correlation Value

This is returned in the immediate response to an operation that is pending and that requires asynchronous polling. Note: the server decides which operations are performed synchronously or asynchronously. A server-generated correlation value SHALL be specified in any subsequent Poll or Cancel operations that pertain to the original operation.

Object

Encoding

Asynchronous Correlation Value

Byte String

Table 400: Asynchronous Correlation Value in Response Batch Item

9.2 Asynchronous Indicator

This Enumeration indicates whether the client is able to accept an asynchronous response. If not present in a request, then Prohibited is assumed. If the value is Prohibited, the server SHALL process the request synchronously.

Object

Encoding

Asynchronous Indicator

Enumeration

Table 401: Asynchronous Indicator in Message Request Header

9.3 Attestation Capable Indicator

The Attestation Capable Indicator flag indicates whether the client is able to create an Attestation Credential object. It SHALL have Boolean value True if the client is able to create an Attestation Credential object, and the value False otherwise. If not present, the value False is assumed. If a client indicates that it is not able to create an Attestation Credential Object, and the client has issued an operation that requires attestation such as Get, then the server SHALL respond to the request with a failure.

Object

Encoding

Attestation Capable Indicator

Boolean

Table 402: Attestation Capable Indicator in Message Request Header

 

9.4 Authentication

This is used to authenticate the requester. It is an OPTIONAL information item, depending on the type of request being issued and on server policies. Servers MAY require authentication on no requests, a subset of the requests, or all requests, depending on policy. Query operations used to interrogate server features and functions SHOULD NOT require authentication. The Authentication structure SHALL contain one or more Credential structures. If multiple Credential structures are provided then they must ALL be satisfied.

Specific authentication mechanisms are specified in [KMIP-Prof].

Object

Encoding

Authentication

Structure

Credential, MAY be repeated

Structure

Table 403: Authentication Structure in Message Header

9.5 Batch Count

This field contains the number of Batch Items in a message and is REQUIRED. If only a single operation is being requested, then the batch count SHALL be set to 1. The Message Payload, which follows the Message Header, contains one or more batch items.

Object

Encoding

Batch Count

Integer

Table 404: Batch Count in Message Header

9.6 Batch Error Continuation Option

This option SHALL only be present if the Batch Count is greater than 1. This option SHALL have one of three values (Undo, Stop or Continue). If not specified, then Stop is assumed.

 

Object

Encoding

Batch Error Continuation Option

Enumeration

Table 405: Batch Error Continuation Option in Message Request Header

9.7 Batch Item

This field consists of a structure that holds the individual requests or responses in a batch, and is REQUIRED. The contents of the batch items are described in Section Error! Reference source not found..

Object

Encoding

Batch Item

Structure

Table 406: Batch Item in Message

9.8 Batch Order Option

A Boolean value used in requests where the Batch Count is greater than 1. If True, then batched operations SHALL be executed in the order in which they appear within the request. If False, then the server MAY choose to execute the batched operations in any order. If not specified, then True is assumed.

Object

Encoding

Batch Order Option

Boolean

Table 407: Batch Order Option in Message Request Header

9.9 Correlation Value (Client)

The Client Correlation Value is a string that MAY be added to messages by clients to provide additional

information to the server. It need not be unique. The server SHOULD log this information.

For client to server operations, the Client Correlation Value is provided in the request. For server to client operations the Client Correlation Value is provided in the response.

Object

Encoding

Client Correlation Value

Text String

Table 408: Client Correlation Value in Message Request Header

9.10 Correlation Value (Server)

The Server Correlation Value SHOULD be provided by the server and SHOULD be globally unique, and SHOULD be logged by the server with each request.

For client to server operations the Server Correlation Value is provided in the response. For server to client operations, the Server Correlation Value is provided in the request.

Object

Encoding

Server Correlation Value

Text String

Table 409: Server Correlation Value in Message Request Header

9.11 Credential

A Credential is a structure used for client identification purposes and is not managed by the key management system (e.g., user id/password pairs, Kerberos tokens, etc.). It MAY be used for authentication purposes as indicated in [KMIP-Prof].

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential

Structure

 

Credential Type

Enumeration

Yes

Credential Value

Varies based on Credential Type.

Yes

Table 410: Credential Object Structure

If the Credential Type in the Credential is Username and Password, then Credential Value is a structure. The Username field identifies the client, and the Password field is a secret that authenticates the client.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Username

Text String

Yes

Password

Text String

No

Table 411: Credential Value Structure for the Username and Password Credential

If the Credential Type in the Credential is Device, then Credential Value is a structure. One or a combination of the Device Serial Number, Network Identifier, Machine Identifier, and Media Identifier SHALL be unique. Server implementations MAY enforce policies on uniqueness for individual fields.  A shared secret or password MAY also be used to authenticate the client. The client SHALL provide at least one field.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Device Serial Number

Text String

No

Password

Text String

No

Device Identifier

Text String

No

Network Identifier

Text String

No

Machine Identifier

Text String

No

Media Identifier

Text String

No

Table 412: Credential Value Structure for the Device Credential

If the Credential Type in the Credential is Attestation, then Credential Value is a structure. The Nonce Value is obtained from the key management server in a Nonce Object. The Attestation Credential Object can contain a measurement from the client or an assertion from a third party if the server is not capable or willing to verify the attestation data from the client. Neither type of attestation data (Attestation Measurement or Attestation Assertion) is necessary to allow the server to accept either. However, the client SHALL provide attestation data in either the Attestation Measurement or Attestation Assertion fields.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Nonce

Structure

Yes

Attestation Type

Enumeration

Yes

Attestation Measurement

Byte String

No

Attestation Assertion

Byte String

No

Table 413: Credential Value Structure for the Attestation Credential

If the Credential Type in the Credential is One Time Password, then Credential Value is a structure. The Username field identifies the client, and the Password field is a secret that authenticates the client. The One Time Password field contains a one time password (OTP) which may only be used for a single authentication.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Username

Text String

Yes

Password

Text String

No

One Time Password

Text String

Yes

Table 414: Credential Value Structure for the One Time Password Credential

If the Credential Type in the Credential is Hashed Password, then Credential Value is a structure. The Username field identifies the client. The timestamp is the current timestamp used to produce the hash and SHALL monotonically increase. The Hashing Algorithm SHALL default to SHA 256. The Hashed Password is define as

Hashed Password = Hash(S1 || Timestamp) || S2

Where

S1 = Hash(Username || Password)

S2 = Hash(Password || Username)

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Username

Text String

Yes

Timestamp

Date Time Extended

Yes

Hashing Algorithm

Enumeration

No

Hashed Password

Byte String

Yes

Table 415: Credential Value Structure for the Hashed Password Credential

If the Credential Type in the Credential is Ticket, then Credential Value is a structure.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Credential Value

Structure

 

Ticket

Structure

Yes

Table 416: Credential Value Structure for the Ticket

9.12 Maximum Response Size

This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a request message, and is used to indicate the maximum size of a response, in bytes, that the requester SHALL be able to handle. It SHOULD only be sent in requests that possibly return large replies.

Object

Encoding

Maximum Response Size

Integer

Table 417: Maximum Response Size in Message Request Header

 

9.13 Message Extension

The Message Extension is an OPTIONAL structure that MAY be appended to any Batch Item. It is used to extend protocol messages for the purpose of adding vendor-specified extensions. The Message Extension is a structure that SHALL contain the Vendor Identification, Criticality Indicator, and Vendor Extension fields. The Vendor Identification SHALL be a text string that uniquely identifies the vendor, allowing a client to determine if it is able to parse and understand the extension. If a client or server receives a protocol message containing a message extension that it does not understand, then its actions depend on the Criticality Indicator. If the indicator is True (i.e., Critical), and the receiver does not understand the extension, then the receiver SHALL reject the entire message. If the indicator is False (i.e., Non-Critical), and the receiver does not understand the extension, then the receiver MAY process the rest of the message as if the extension were not present. The Vendor Extension structure SHALL contain vendor-specific extensions.

Object

Encoding

Message Extension

Structure

Vendor Identification

Text String (with usage limited to alphanumeric, underscore and period – i.e. [A-Za-z0-9_.])

Criticality Indicator

Boolean

Vendor Extension

Structure

Table 418: Message Extension Structure in Batch Item

9.14 Nonce

A Nonce object is a structure used by the server to send a random value to the client. The Nonce Identifier is assigned by the server and used to identify the Nonce object. The Nonce Value consists of the random data created by the server.

Object

Encoding

REQUIRED

Nonce

Structure

 

Nonce ID

Byte String

Yes

Nonce Value

Byte String

Yes

Table 419: Nonce Structure

9.15 Operation

This field indicates the operation being requested or the operation for which the response is being returned.

Object

Encoding

Operation

Enumeration

Table 420: Operation in Batch Item

9.16 Protocol Version

This field contains the version number of the protocol, ensuring that the protocol is fully understood by both communicating parties. The version number SHALL be specified in two parts, major and minor. Servers and clients SHALL support backward compatibility with versions of the protocol with the same major version. Support for backward compatibility with different major versions is OPTIONAL.

Object

Encoding

Protocol Version

Structure

Protocol Version Major

Integer

Protocol Version Minor

Integer

Table 421: Protocol Version Structure in Message Header

9.17 Result Message

This field MAY be returned in a response. It contains a more descriptive error message, which MAY be provided to an end user or used for logging/auditing purposes.

Object

Encoding

Result Message

Text String

Table 422: Result Message in Response Batch Item

9.18 Result Reason

This field indicates a reason for failure or a modifier for a partially successful operation and SHALL be present in responses that return a Result Status of Failure. In such a case, the Result Reason SHALL be set as specified. It SHALL NOT be present in any response that returns a Result Status of Success.

 

Object

Encoding

Result Reason

Enumeration

Table 423: Result Reason in Response Batch Item

9.19 Result Status

This is sent in a response message and indicates the success or failure of a request. The following values MAY be set in this field:

·         Success – The requested operation completed successfully.

·         Operation Pending – The requested operation is in progress, and it is necessary to obtain the actual result via asynchronous polling. The asynchronous correlation value SHALL be used for the subsequent polling of the result status.

·         Operation Undone – The requested operation was performed, but had to be undone (i.e., due to a failure in a batch for which the Error Continuation Option was set to Undo).

·         Operation Failed – The requested operation failed.

Object

Encoding

Result Status

Enumeration

Table 424: Result Status in Response Batch Item

9.20 Time Stamp

This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a client request. It is REQUIRED in a server request and response. It is used for time stamping, and MAY be used to enforce reasonable time usage at a client (e.g., a server MAY choose to reject a request if a client's time stamp contains a value that is too far off the server’s time). Note that the time stamp MAY be used by a client that has no real-time clock, but has a countdown timer, to obtain useful “seconds from now” values from all of the Date attributes by performing a subtraction.

Object

Encoding

Time Stamp

Date-Time

Table 425: Time Stamp in Message Header

9.21 Unique Batch Item ID

This is an OPTIONAL field contained in a request, and is used for correlation between requests and responses. If a request has a Unique Batch Item ID, then responses to that request SHALL have the same Unique Batch Item ID.

Object

Encoding

Unique Batch Item ID

Byte String

Table 426: Unique Batch Item ID in Batch Item

10 Message Protocols

10.1 TTLV

In order to minimize the resource impact on potentially low-function clients, one encoding mechanism to be used for protocol messages is a simplified TTLV (Tag, Type, Length, Value) scheme.

The scheme is designed to minimize the CPU cycle and memory requirements of clients that need to encode or decode protocol messages, and to provide optimal alignment for both 32-bit and 64-bit processors. Minimizing bandwidth over the transport mechanism is considered to be of lesser importance.

10.1.1 Tag

An Item Tag is a three-byte binary unsigned integer, transmitted big endian, which contains the Tag Enumeration Value (using only the three least significant bytes of the enumeration).

10.1.2 Type

An Item Type is a byte containing a coded value that indicates the data type of the data object using the specified Item Type Enumeration (using only the least significant byte of the enumeration).

Value

Description

 Structure

Encoded as the concatenated encodings of the elements of the structure. All structures defined in this specification SHALL have all of their fields encoded in the order in which they appear in their respective structure descriptions

 Integer

Encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary signed numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.

 Long Integer

Encoded as eight-byte long (64 bit) binary signed numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.

 Big Integer

Encoded as a sequence of eight-bit bytes, in two's complement notation, transmitted big-endian. If the length of the sequence is not a multiple of eight bytes, then Big Integers SHALL be padded with the minimal number of leading sign-extended bytes to make the length a multiple of eight bytes. These padding bytes are part of the Item Value and SHALL be counted in the Item Length.

 Enumeration

Encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary unsigned numbers transmitted big-endian. Extensions, which are permitted, but are not defined in this specification, contain the value 8 hex in the first nibble of the first byte.

 Boolean

Encoded as an eight-byte hex value 0000000000000000, indicating the Boolean value False, or the hex value 0000000000000001, indicating the Boolean value True, transmitted big-endian.

 Text String

Sequences of bytes that encode character values according to [RFC3629] the UTF-8 encoding standard.

 Byte String

Sequences of bytes containing individual eight-bit binary values.

 Date Time

Encoded as eight-byte long (64 bit) binary signed numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.

 Interval

Encoded as four-byte long (32 bit) binary unsigned numbers, transmitted big-endian.

Date Time Extended

Encoded as eight-byte long (64 bit) binary signed numbers in 2's complement notation, transmitted big-endian.

 

10.1.3 Length

An Item Length is a 32-bit binary integer, transmitted big-endian, containing the number of bytes in the Item Value. The allowed values are:

 

Data Type

Length

 Structure

Varies, multiple of 8

 Integer

4

 Long Integer

8

 Big Integer

Varies, multiple of 8

 Enumeration

4

 Boolean

8

 Text String

Varies

 Byte String

Varies

 Date Time

8

 Interval

4

Date Time Extended

8

Table 427: Allowed Item Length Values

10.1.4 Value

The item value is a sequence of bytes containing the value of the data item, depending on the type.

10.1.5 Padding

If the Item Type is Structure, then the Item Length is the total length of all of the sub-items contained in the structure, including any padding. If the Item Type is Integer, Enumeration, Text String, Byte String, or Interval, then the Item Length is the number of bytes excluding the padding bytes. Text Strings and Byte Strings SHALL be padded with the minimal number of bytes following the Item Value to obtain a multiple of eight bytes. Integers, Enumerations, and Intervals SHALL be padded with four bytes following the Item Value.

10.2 Other Message Protocols

In addition to the mandatory TTLV messaging protocol, a number of optional message-encoding mechanisms to support different transport protocols and different client capabilities.

10.2.1 HTTPS

The HTTPs messaging protocol is specified in [KMIP-Prof].

10.2.2 JSON

The JSON messaging protocol is specified in [KMIP-Prof].

10.2.3 XML

The XML messaging protocol is specified in [KMIP-Prof].

10.3 Authentication

The mechanisms used to authenticate the client to the server and the server to the client are not part of the message definitions, and are external to the protocol. The KMIP Server SHALL support authentication as defined in [KMIP-Prof].

10.4 Transport

KMIP Servers and Clients SHALL establish and maintain channel confidentiality and integrity, and provide assurance of authenticity for KMIP messaging as specified in [KMIP-Prof].

11 Enumerations

The following tables define the values for enumerated lists. Values not listed (outside the range 80000000 to 8FFFFFFF) are reserved for future KMIP versions.

Implementations SHALL NOT use Tag Values marked as Reserved.

11.1 Adjustment Type Enumeration

The Adjustment Type enumerations are:

Value

Description

Increment

Add the Adjustment Parameter to the value. Applies to Integer, Long Integers, Big Integer, Interval, Date Time, and Date Time Extended. The default is parameter is 1 for numeric types, 1 second for Date Time, and 1 microsecond for Date Time Extended.

Decrement

Subtract the Adjustment Parameter to the value. Applies to Integer, Long Integers, Big Integer, Interval, Date Time, and Date Time Extended. The default is parameter is 1 for numeric types, 1 second for Date Time, and 1 microsecond for Date Time Extended.

Negate

Negate the value. Applies to Integer, Long Integers, Big Integer and Boolean types.

Table 428: Adjustment Type Descriptions

 

Adjustment Type

Name

Value

Increment

00000001

Decrement

00000002

Negate

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 429: Adjustment Type Enumeration

11.2 Alternative Name Type Enumeration

Alternative Name Type

Name

Value

Uninterpreted Text String

00000001

URI

00000002

Object Serial Number

00000003

Email Address

00000004

DNS Name

00000005

X.500 Distinguished Name

00000006

IP Address

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 430: Alternative Name Type Enumeration

11.3 Asynchronous Indicator Enumeration

Asynchronous Indicator enumerations are:

Value

Description

Mandatory

The server SHALL process all batch items in the request asynchronously (returning an Asynchronous Correlation Value for each batch item).

Optional

The server MAY process each batch item in the request either asynchronously (returning an Asynchronous Correlation Value for a batch item) or synchronously.

The method or policy by which the server determines whether or not to process an individual batch item asynchronously is a decision of the server and is outside of the scope of this protocol.

Prohibited

The server SHALL NOT process any batch item asynchronously. All batch items SHALL be processed synchronously.

Table 431: Asynchronous Indicator Descriptions

 

Asynchronous Indicator

Name

Value

Mandatory

00000001

Optional

00000002

Prohibited

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 432: Asynchronous Indicator Enumeration

11.4 Attestation Type Enumeration

Attestation Type

Name

Value

TPM Quote

00000001

TCG Integrity Report

00000002

SAML Assertion

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 433: Attestation Type Enumeration

11.5 Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration

Batch Error Continuation Option enumerations are:

Value

Description

Undo

If any operation in the request fails, then the server SHALL undo all the previous operations.

Batch item fails and Result Status is set to Operation Failed. Responses to batch items that have already been processed are returned normally. Responses to batch items that have not been processed are not returned.

Stop

If an operation fails, then the server SHALL NOT continue processing subsequent operations in the request. Completed operations SHALL NOT be undone.

Batch item fails and Result Status is set to Operation Failed. Responses to other batch items are returned normally.

Continue

Return an error for the failed operation, and continue processing subsequent operations in the request.

Batch item fails and Result Status is set to Operation Failed. Batch items that had been processed have been undone and their responses are returned with Undone result status.

Table 434: Batch Error Continuation Option Descriptions

 

Batch Error Continuation

Name

Value

Continue

00000001

Stop

00000002

Undo

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 435: Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration

11.6 Block Cipher Mode Enumeration

Block Cipher Mode

Name

Value

CBC

00000001

ECB

00000002

PCBC

00000003

CFB

00000004

OFB

00000005

CTR

00000006

CMAC

00000007

CCM

00000008

GCM

00000009

CBC-MAC

0000000A

XTS

0000000B

AESKeyWrapPadding

0000000C

NISTKeyWrap

0000000D

X9.102 AESKW

0000000E

X9.102 TDKW

0000000F

X9.102 AKW1

00000010

X9.102 AKW2

00000011

AEAD

00000012

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 436: Block Cipher Mode Enumeration

11.7 Cancellation Result Enumeration

A Cancellation Result enumerations are:

Value

Description

Canceled

The cancel operation succeeded in canceling the pending operation.

Unable to Cancel

The cancel operation is unable to cancel the pending operation.

Completed

The pending operation completed successfully before the cancellation operation was able to cancel it.

Failed

The pending operation completed with a failure before the cancellation operation was able to cancel it.

Unavailable

Unavailable – The specified correlation value did not match any recently pending or completed asynchronous operations.

Table 437: Cancellation Result Enumeration Descriptions

 

Cancellation Result

Name

Value

Canceled

00000001

Unable to Cancel

00000002

Completed

00000003

Failed

00000004

Unavailable

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 438: Cancellation Result Enumeration

11.8 Certificate Request Type Enumeration

Certificate Request Type

Name

Value

CRMF

00000001

PKCS#10

00000002

PEM

00000003

(Reserved)

00000004

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 439: Certificate Request Type Enumeration

11.9 Certificate Type Enumeration

 

Certificate Type

Name

Value

X.509

00000001

PGP

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 440: Certificate Type Enumeration

11.10 Client Registration Method Enumeration

Client Registration Method enumerations are:

Value

Description

Server Pre-Generated

The server has pre-generated the client’s private key. The returned PKCS#12 is protected with HEX(SHA256(Username || Password)).

Server On-Demand

The server generates the client’s private key on demand. The returned PKCS#12 is protected with HEX(SHA256(Username || Password)).

Client Generated

The client generates the private key and sends a Certificate Signing Request to the server to generate the certificate. The returned PKCS#12 is protected with HEX(SHA256(Username || Password)).

Client Registered

The client generates the private key and the certificates and registers the certificate with the server.

Table 441: Client Registration Method Enumeration Descriptions

 

Client Registration Method

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Server Pre-Generated

00000002

Server On-Demand

00000003

Client Generated

00000004

Client Registered

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

11.11 Credential Type Enumeration

Credential Type

Name

Value

Username and Password

00000001

Device

00000002

Attestation

00000003

One Time Password

00000004

Hashed Password

00000005

Ticket

00000006

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 442: Credential Type Enumeration

11.12 Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration

Cryptographic Algorithm

Name

Value

DES

00000001

3DES

00000002

AES

00000003

RSA

00000004

DSA

00000005

ECDSA

00000006

HMAC-SHA1

00000007

HMAC-SHA224

00000008

HMAC-SHA256

00000009

HMAC-SHA384

0000000A

HMAC-SHA512

0000000B

HMAC-MD5

0000000C

DH

0000000D

ECDH

0000000E

ECMQV

0000000F

Blowfish

00000010

Camellia

00000011

CAST5

00000012

IDEA

00000013

MARS

00000014

RC2

00000015

RC4

00000016

RC5

00000017

SKIPJACK

00000018

Twofish

00000019

EC

0000001A

One Time Pad

0000001B

ChaCha20

0000001C

Poly1305

0000001D

ChaCha20Poly1305

0000001E

SHA3-224

0000001F

SHA3-256

00000020

SHA3-384

00000021

SHA3-512

00000022

HMAC-SHA3-224

00000023

HMAC-SHA3-256

00000024

HMAC-SHA3-384

00000025

HMAC-SHA3-512

00000026

SHAKE-128

00000027

SHAKE-256

00000028

ARIA

00000029

SEED

0000002A

SM2

0000002B

SM3

0000002C

SM4

0000002D

GOST R 34.10-2012

0000002E

GOST R 34.11-2012

0000002F

GOST R 34.13-2015

00000030

GOST 28147-89

00000031

XMSS

00000032

SPHINCS-256

00000033

McEliece

00000034

McEliece-6960119

00000035

McEliece-8192128

00000036

Ed25519

00000037

Ed448

00000038

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 443: Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration

11.13 Data Enumeration

Data

Name

Value

Decrypt

00000001

Encrypt

00000002

Hash

00000003

MAC MAC Data

00000004

RNG Retrieve

00000005

Sign Signature Data

00000006

Signature Verify

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 444: Data Enumeration

11.14 Derivation Method Enumeration

The Derivation Method enumerations are:

Item

Description

Mapping

PBKDF2

This method is used to derive a symmetric key from a password or pass phrase.

[PKCS#5] and [RFC2898]

HASH

This method derives a key by computing a hash over the derivation key or the derivation data.

 

HMAC

This method derives a key by computing an HMAC over the derivation data.

 

ENCRYPT

This method derives a key by encrypting the derivation data.

 

NIST800-108-C

This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Counter Mode

[SP800-108]

NIST800-108-F

This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Feedback Mode

[SP800-108]

NIST800-108-DPI

This method derives a key by computing the KDF in Double-Pipeline Iteration Mode

[SP800-108]

Asymmetric Key

This method derives a key using asymmetric key agreement between a private and public key.

 

AWS Signature Version 4

As defined in Amazon Web Services Signature Version 4.

[AWS-SIGV4]

HKDF

HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function

[RFC5869]

Table 445: Derivation Method Enumeration Descriptions

 

Derivation Method

Name

Value

PBKDF2

00000001

HASH

00000002

HMAC

00000003

ENCRYPT

00000004

NIST800-108-C

00000005

NIST800-108-F

00000006

NIST800-108-DPI

00000007

Asymmetric Key

00000008

AWS Signature Version 4

00000009

HKDF

0000000A

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 446: Derivation Method Enumeration

11.15 Destroy Action Enumeration

Destroy Action Type

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Key Material Deleted

00000002

Key Material Shredded

00000003

Meta Data Deleted

00000004

Meta Data Shredded

00000005

Deleted

00000006

Shredded

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

11.16 Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration

Digital Signature Algorithm

Name

Value

MD2 with RSA Encryption

00000001

MD5 with RSA Encryption

00000002

SHA-1 with RSA Encryption

00000003

SHA-224 with RSA Encryption

00000004

SHA-256 with RSA Encryption

00000005

SHA-384 with RSA Encryption

00000006

SHA-512 with RSA Encryption

00000007

RSASSA-PSS

00000008

DSA with SHA-1

00000009

DSA with SHA224

0000000A

DSA with SHA256

0000000B

ECDSA with SHA-1

0000000C

ECDSA with SHA224

0000000D

ECDSA with SHA256

0000000E

ECDSA with SHA384

0000000F

ECDSA with SHA512

00000010

SHA3-256 with RSA Encryption

00000011

SHA3-384 with RSA Encryption

00000012

SHA3-512 with RSA Encryption

00000013

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 447: Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration

11.17 DRBG Algorithm Enumeration

DRBG Algorithm

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Dual-EC

00000002

Hash

00000003

HMAC

00000004

CTR

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 448: DRGB Algorithm Enumeration

11.18 Encoding Option Enumeration

The following encoding options are currently defined:

Value

Description

No Encoding

the wrapped un-encoded value of the Byte String Key Material field in the Key Value structure

TTLV Encoding

the wrapped TTLV-encoded Key Value structure

Table 449: Encoding Option Description

 

Encoding Option

Name

Value

No Encoding

00000001

TTLV Encoding

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 450: Encoding Option Enumeration

11.19 Endpoint Role Enumeration

The following endpoint roles are currently defined:

Value

Description

Client

The endpoint that sends requests and receives responses.

Server

The endpoint that receives requests and sends responses.

Table 451: Endpoint Role Description

 

Encoding Option

Name

Value

Client

00000001

Server

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 452: Endpoint Role Enumeration

11.20 FIPS186 Variation Enumeration

FIPS186 Variation

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

GP x-Original

00000002

GP x-Change Notice

00000003

x-Original

00000004

x-Change Notice

00000005

k-Original

00000006

k-Change Notice

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 453: FIPS186 Variation Enumeration

Note: the user should be aware that a number of these algorithms are no longer recommended for general use and/or are deprecated. They are included for completeness.

11.21 Hashing Algorithm Enumeration

Hashing Algorithm

Name

Value

MD2

00000001

MD4

00000002

MD5

00000003

SHA-1

00000004

SHA-224

00000005

SHA-256

00000006

SHA-384

00000007

SHA-512

00000008

RIPEMD-160

00000009

Tiger

0000000A

Whirlpool

0000000B

SHA-512/224

0000000C

SHA-512/256

0000000D

SHA3-224

0000000E

SHA3-256

0000000F

SHA3-384

00000010

SHA3-512

00000011

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 454: Hashing Algorithm Enumeration

11.22 Interop Function Enumeration

Interop Function enumerations are:

Function

Description

Begin

A specified test is about to begin

End

A specified test has ended

Reset

Resets the server to the state it would be in at the beginning of an interop session

Table 455: Interop Function Descriptions

 

Interop Function

Name

Value

Begin

00000001

End

00000002

Reset

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 456: Interop Function Enumeration

11.23 Item Type Enumeration

Item Type enumerations are:

Value

Description

 Structure

The ordered concatenation of items.

 Integer

Four-byte long (32 bit) signed numbers

 Long Integer

Eight-byte long (64 bit) signed numbers.

 Big Integer

A sequence of eight-bit bytes

 Enumeration

Four-byte long (32 bit) unsigned numbers

 Boolean

The value True or False.

 

 Text String

Sequences of character values.

 Byte String

Sequences of bytes containing individual unspecified eight-bit binary values

 Date Time

Eight-byte long (64 bit) POSIX Time values in seconds. .

 Interval

Four-byte long (32 bit) unsigned numbers in seconds

Date Time Extended

Eight-byte long (64 bit) POSIX Time values in micro-seconds.

Table 457: Item Type Descriptions

 

Item Type

Name

Value

Structure

00000001

Integer

00000002

Long Integer

00000003

Big Integer

00000004

Enumeration

00000005

Boolean

00000006

Text String

00000007

Byte String

00000008

Date Time

00000009

Interval

0000000A

Date Time Extended

0000000B

Table 458: Item Type Enumeration

11.24 Key Compression Type Enumeration

Key Compression Type

Name

Value

EC Public Key Type Uncompressed

00000001

EC Public Key Type X9.62 Compressed Prime

00000002

EC Public Key Type X9.62 Compressed Char2

00000003

EC Public Key Type X9.62 Hybrid

00000004

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

                Table 459: Key Compression Type Enumeration values

11.25 Key Format Type Enumeration

A Key Block contains a Key Value of one of the following Key Format Types:

Value

Description

Raw

A key that contains only cryptographic key material, encoded as a string of bytes.

Opaque

an encoded key for which the encoding is unknown to the key management system. It is encoded as a string of bytes.

PKCS1

an encoded private key, expressed as a DER-encoded ASN.1 PKCS#1 object.

PKCS8

An encoded private key, expressed as a DER-encoded ASN.1 PKCS#8 object, supporting both the RSAPrivateKey syntax and EncryptedPrivateKey

X.509

An encoded object, expressed as a DER-encoded ASN.1 X.509 object.

ECPrivateKey

An ASN.1 encoded elliptic curve private key.

Several Transparent Key types

algorithm-specific structures containing defined values for the various key types.

Extensions

Vendor-specific extensions to allow for proprietary or legacy key formats.

Table 460: Key Format Types Description

 

Key Format Type

Name

Value

Raw

00000001

Opaque

00000002

PKCS#1

00000003

PKCS#8

00000004

X.509

00000005

ECPrivateKey

00000006

Transparent Symmetric Key

00000007

Transparent DSA Private Key

00000008

Transparent DSA Public Key

00000009

Transparent RSA Private Key

0000000A

Transparent RSA Public Key

0000000B

Transparent DH Private Key

0000000C

Transparent DH Public Key

0000000D

(Reserved)

0000000E

(Reserved)

0000000F

(Reserved)

00000010

(Reserved)

00000011

(Reserved)

00000012

(Reserved)

00000013

Transparent EC Private Key

00000014

Transparent EC Public Key

00000015

PKCS#12

00000016

PKCS#10

00000017

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 461: Key Format Type Enumeration

11.26 Key Role Type Enumeration

Key Role Type

Name

Value

BDK

00000001

CVK

00000002

DEK

00000003

MKAC

00000004

MKSMC

00000005

MKSMI

00000006

MKDAC

00000007

MKDN

00000008

MKCP

00000009

MKOTH

0000000A

KEK

0000000B

MAC16609

0000000C

MAC97971

0000000D

MAC97972

0000000E

MAC97973

0000000F

MAC97974

00000010

MAC97975

00000011

ZPK

00000012

PVKIBM

00000013

PVKPVV

00000014

PVKOTH

00000015

DUKPT

00000016

IV

00000017

TRKBK

00000018

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 462: Key Role Type Enumeration

Note that while the set and definitions of key role types are chosen to match [X9 TR-31] there is no necessity to match binary representations.

11.27 Key Value Location Type Enumeration

Key Value Location Type

Name

Value

Uninterpreted Text String

00000001

URI

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 463: Key Value Location Type Enumeration

11.28 Link Type Enumeration

Possible values of Link Type in accordance with the Object Type of the Managed Cryptographic Object are:

Value

Description

Private Key Link

For a Public Key object: the private key corresponding to the public key.

Public Key Link

For a Private Key object: the public key corresponding to the private key. For a Certificate object: the public key contained in the certificate.

Certificate Link

For Certificate objects: the parent certificate for a certificate in a certificate chain. For Public Key objects: the corresponding certificate(s), containing the same public key.

Derivation Base Object Link

For a derived Symmetric Key or Secret Data object: the object(s) from which the current symmetric key was derived.

Derived Key Link

The symmetric key(s) or Secret Data object(s) that were derived from the current object.

Replacement Object Link

For a Symmetric Key, an Asymmetric Private Key, or an Asymmetric Public Key object: the key that resulted from the re-key of the current key. For a Certificate object: the certificate that resulted from the re-certify. Note that there SHALL be only one such replacement object per Managed Object.

Replaced Object Link

For a Symmetric Key, an Asymmetric Private Key, or an Asymmetric Public Key object: the key that was re-keyed to obtain the current key. For a Certificate object: the certificate that was re-certified to obtain the current certificate.

Parent Link

For all object types: the container or other parent object corresponding to the object.

Child Link

For all object types: the subordinate, derived or other child object corresponding to the object.

Previous Link

For all object types: the previous object to this object.

Next Link

For all object types: the next object to this object.

PKCS#12 Certificate Link

 

PKCS#12 Password Link

 

Wrapping Key Link

For wrapped objects: the object that was used to wrap this object.

Table 464: Link Type Enumeration Descriptions

Link Type

Name

Value

Certificate Link

00000101

Public Key Link

00000102

Private Key Link

00000103

Derivation Base Object Link

00000104

Derived Key Link

00000105

Replacement Object Link

00000106

Replaced Object Link

00000107

Parent Link

00000108

Child Link

00000109

Previous Link

0000010A

Next Link

0000010B

PKCS#12 Certificate Link

0000010C

PKCS#12 Password Link

0000010D

Wrapping Key Link

0000010E

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 465: Link Type Enumeration

11.29 Key Wrap Type Enumeration

Key Wrap Type

Name

Value

Not Wrapped

00000001

As Registered

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

11.30 Mask Generator Enumeration

Mask Generator

Name

Value

MFG1

00000001

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

11.31 Name Type Enumeration

Name Type

Name

Value

Uninterpreted Text String

00000001

URI

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 466: Name Type Enumeration

11.32 NIST Key Type Enumeration

NIST Key Type Enumeration

Name

Value

Private signature key

00000001

Public signature verification key

00000002

Symmetric authentication key

00000003

Private authentication key

00000004

Public authentication key

00000005

Symmetric data encryption key

00000006

Symmetric key wrapping key

00000007

Symmetric random number generation key

00000008

Symmetric master key

00000009

Private key transport key

0000000A

Public key transport key

0000000B

Symmetric key agreement key

0000000C

Private static key agreement key

0000000D

Public static key agreement key

0000000E

Private ephemeral key agreement key

0000000F

Public ephemeral key agreement key

00000010

Symmetric authorization key

00000011

Private authorization key

00000012

Public authorization key

00000013

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

11.33 Object Group Member Enumeration

Object Group Member Option

Name

Value

Group Member Fresh

00000001

Group Member Default

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 467: Object Group Member Enumeration

11.34 Object Type Enumeration

Object Type

Name

Value

Certificate

00000001

Symmetric Key

00000002

Public Key

00000003

Private Key

00000004

Split Key

00000005

(Reserved)

00000006

Secret Data

00000007

Opaque Object

00000008

PGP Key

00000009

Certificate Request

0000000A

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 468: Object Type Enumeration

11.35 Opaque Data Type Enumeration

Opaque Data Type

Name

Value

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 469: Opaque Data Type Enumeration

11.36 Operation Enumeration

Operation

Name

Value

Create

00000001

Create Key Pair

00000002

Register

00000003

Re-key

00000004

Derive Key

00000005

Certify

00000006

Re-certify

00000007

Locate

00000008

Check

00000009

Get

0000000A

Get Attributes

0000000B

Get Attribute List

0000000C

Add Attribute

0000000D

Modify Attribute

0000000E

Delete Attribute

0000000F

Obtain Lease

00000010

Get Usage Allocation

00000011

Activate

00000012

Revoke

00000013

Destroy

00000014

Archive

00000015

Recover

00000016

Validate

00000017

Query

00000018

Cancel

00000019

Poll

0000001A

Notify

0000001B

Put

0000001C

Re-key Key Pair

0000001D

Discover Versions

0000001E

Encrypt

0000001F

Decrypt

00000020

Sign

00000021

Signature Verify

00000022

MAC

00000023

MAC Verify

00000024

RNG Retrieve

00000025

RNG Seed

00000026

Hash

00000027

Create Split Key

00000028

Join Split Key

00000029

Import

0000002A

Export

0000002B

Log

0000002C

Login

0000002D

Logout

0000002E

Delegated Login

0000002F

Adjust Attribute

00000030

Set Attribute

00000031

Set Endpoint Role

00000032

PKCS#11

00000033

Interop

00000034

Re-Provision

00000035

Set Defaults

00000036

Set Constraints

00000037

Get Constraints

00000038

Query Asynchronous Requests

00000039

Process

0000003A

Ping

0000003B

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 470: Operation Enumeration

11.37 Padding Method Enumeration

Padding Method

Name

Value

None

00000001

OAEP

00000002

PKCS5

00000003

SSL3

00000004

Zeros

00000005

ANSI X9.23

00000006

ISO 10126

00000007

PKCS1 v1.5

00000008

X9.31

00000009

PSS

0000000A

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 471: Padding Method Enumeration

11.38 PKCS#11 Function Enumeration

The PKCS#11 Function enumerations are the 1-based offset count of the function in the CK_FUNCTION_LIST_3_0 structure as specified in [PKCS#11]

11.39 PKCS#11 Return Code Enumeration

The PKCS#11 Return Codes enumerations representing PKCS#11 return codes as specified in the CK_RV values in [PKCS#11]

 

11.40 Processing Stage Enumeration

Processing Stage

Name

Value

Submitted

00000001

In Process

00000002

Completed

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 472: Processing Stage Enumeration

11.41 Profile Name Enumeration

 

Profile Name

Name

Value

(Reserved)

00000001-00000103

Complete Server Basic

00000104

Complete Server TLS v1.2

00000105

Tape Library Client

00000106

Tape Library Server

00000107

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Client

00000108

Symmetric Key Lifecycle Server

00000109

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Client

0000010A

Asymmetric Key Lifecycle Server

0000010B

Basic Cryptographic Client

0000010C

Basic Cryptographic Server

0000010D

Advanced Cryptographic Client

0000010E

Advanced Cryptographic Server

0000010F

RNG Cryptographic Client

00000110

RNG Cryptographic Server

00000111

Basic Symmetric Key Foundry Client

00000112

Intermediate Symmetric Key Foundry Client

00000113

Advanced Symmetric Key Foundry Client

00000114

Symmetric Key Foundry Server

00000115

Opaque Managed Object Store Client

00000116

Opaque Managed Object Store Server

00000117

(Reserved)

00000118

(Reserved)

00000119

(Reserved)

0000011A

(Reserved)

0000011B

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Client

0000011C

Storage Array with Self Encrypting Drive Server

0000011D

HTTPS Client

0000011E

HTTPS Server

0000011F

JSON Client

00000120

JSON Server

00000121

XML Client

00000122

XML Server

00000123

AES XTS Client

00000124

AES XTS Server

00000125

Quantum Safe Client

00000126

Quantum Safe Server

00000127

PKCS#11 Client

00000128

PKCS#11 Server

00000129

Baseline Client

0000012A

Baseline Server

0000012B

Complete Server

0000012C

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 473: Profile Name Enumeration

11.42 Protection Level Enumeration

Protection Level

Name

Value

High

00000001

Low

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 474: Protection Level Enumeration

11.43 Put Function Enumeration

Put Function

Name

Value

New

00000001

Replace

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 475: Put Function Enumeration

11.44 Query Function Enumeration

Query Function

Name

Value

Query Operations

00000001

Query Objects

00000002

Query Server Information

00000003

Query Application Namespaces

00000004

Query Extension List

00000005

Query Extension Map

00000006

Query Attestation Types

00000007

Query RNGs

00000008

Query Validations

00000009

Query Profiles

0000000A

Query Capabilities

0000000B

Query Client Registration Methods

0000000C

Query Defaults Information

0000000D

Query Storage Protection Masks

0000000E

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 476: Query Function Enumeration

11.45 Recommended Curve Enumeration

Recommended Curve Enumeration

Name

Value

P-192

00000001

K-163

00000002

B-163

00000003

P-224

00000004

K-233

00000005

B-233

00000006

P-256

00000007

K-283

00000008

B-283

00000009

P-384

0000000A

K-409

0000000B

B-409

0000000C

P-521

0000000D

K-571

0000000E

B-571

0000000F

SECP112R1

00000010

SECP112R2

00000011

SECP128R1

00000012

SECP128R2

00000013

SECP160K1

00000014

SECP160R1

00000015

SECP160R2

00000016

SECP192K1

00000017

SECP224K1

00000018

SECP256K1

00000019

SECT113R1

0000001A

SECT113R2

0000001B

SECT131R1

0000001C

SECT131R2

0000001D

SECT163R1

0000001E

SECT193R1

0000001F

SECT193R2

00000020

SECT239K1

00000021

ANSIX9P192V2

00000022

ANSIX9P192V3

00000023

ANSIX9P239V1

00000024

ANSIX9P239V2

00000025

ANSIX9P239V3

00000026

ANSIX9C2PNB163V1

00000027

ANSIX9C2PNB163V2

00000028

ANSIX9C2PNB163V3

00000029

ANSIX9C2PNB176V1

0000002A

ANSIX9C2TNB191V1

0000002B

ANSIX9C2TNB191V2

0000002C

ANSIX9C2TNB191V3

0000002D

ANSIX9C2PNB208W1

0000002E

ANSIX9C2TNB239V1

0000002F

ANSIX9C2TNB239V2

00000030

ANSIX9C2TNB239V3

00000031

ANSIX9C2PNB272W1

00000032

ANSIX9C2PNB304W1

00000033

ANSIX9C2TNB359V1

00000034

ANSIX9C2PNB368W1

00000035

ANSIX9C2TNB431R1

00000036

BRAINPOOLP160R1

00000037

BRAINPOOLP160T1

00000038

BRAINPOOLP192R1

00000039

BRAINPOOLP192T1

0000003A

BRAINPOOLP224R1

0000003B

BRAINPOOLP224T1

0000003C

BRAINPOOLP256R1

0000003D

BRAINPOOLP256T1

0000003E

BRAINPOOLP320R1

0000003F

BRAINPOOLP320T1

00000040

BRAINPOOLP384R1

00000041

BRAINPOOLP384T1

00000042

BRAINPOOLP512R1

00000043

BRAINPOOLP512T1

00000044

CURVE25519

00000045

CURVE448

00000046

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 477: Recommended Curve Enumeration for ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV

11.46 Result Reason Enumeration

Following are the Result Reason enumerations.

 

Value

Description

Application Namespace Not Supported

The particular Application Namespace is not supported, and the server was not able to generate the Application Data field of an Application Specific Information attribute if the field was omitted from the client request

Attestation Failed

Operation requires attestation data and the attestation data provided by the client does not validate

Attestation Required

Operation requires attestation data which was not provided by the client, and the client has set the Attestation Capable indicator to True

Attribute Instance Not Found

A referenced attribute was found, but the specific instance was not found

Attribute Not Found

A referenced attribute was not found at all on an object

Attribute Read Only

Attempt to set a Read Only Attribute

Attribute Single Instance

Attempt to provide multiple values for a single instance attribute

Authentication not successful

The authentication information in the request could not be validated, or was not found

Bad Cryptographic Parameters

Bad Cryptographic Parameters

Bad Password

Key Format Type is PKCS#12, but missing or multiple PKCS#12 Password Links, or not Secret Data, or not Active

Codec Error

The low level TTLV, XML, JSON etc. was badly formed and not understood by the server.TTLV connections should be closed as future requests might not be correctly separated

Constraint Violation

The request failed because one or more

constraints were violated

Cryptographic Failure

The operation failed due to a cryptographic error

Duplicate Process Request

The asynchronous request specified was already

processed

Encoding Option Error

The Encoding Option is not supported as specified by the Encoding Option Enumeration

Feature Not Supported

The operation is supported, but not a specific feature specified in the request is not supported

General failure

The request failed for a reason other than the defined reasons above

Illegal Object Type

Check cannot be performed on this object type

Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask

The cryptographic algorithm or other parameters is not valid for the requested operation

Internal Server Error

The server had an internal error and could not process the request at this time.

Invalid Asynchronous Correlation Value

No outstanding operation with the specified Asynchronous Correlation Value exists

Invalid Attribute

An attribute is invalid for this object for this operation

Invalid Attribute Value

The value supplied for an attribute is invalid

Invalid Correlation Value

For streaming cryptographic operations

Invalid CSR

Invalid Certifcate Signing Request

Invalid Data Type

A data type was invalid for the requested operation

Invalid Field

The request is syntactically valid but some data in the request (other than an attribute value) has an invalid value

Invalid Message

The request message was not syntactically understood by the server. For example - the invalid use of a known tag

Invalid Object Type

Specified object is not valid for the requested operation

Invalid Password

 

Invalid Ticket

The ticket was invalid

Item Not Found

No object with the specified Unique Identifier exists

Key Compression Type Not Supported

The object exists, but the server is unable to provide it in the desired Key Compression Type

Key Format Type Not Supported

The object exists, but the server is unable to provide it in the desired Key Format Type

Key Value Not Present

A meta data only object. The key value is not present on the server

Key Wrap Type Not Supported

Key Wrap Type Type is not supported by the server

Missing data

The operation REQUIRED additional information in the request, which was not present

Missing Initialization Vector

Missing IV when required for crypto operation

Multi Valued Attribute

Attempt to Set or Adjust an attribute that has multiple values

Non Unique Name Attribute

Trying to perform an operation that requests the server to break the constraint on Name attribute being unique

Not Extractable

Object is not Extractable

Numeric Range

An operation produced a number that is to large or too small to be stored in the specified data type

Object Already Exists

for operations such as Import that require that no object with a specific unique identifier exists on a server

Object Archived

The object SHALL be recovered from the archive before performing the operation

Object Destroyed

Object exists, but has already been destroyed

Object Not Found

A requested managed object was not found or did not exist

Object Type

Invalid object type for the operation

Operation canceled by requester

The operation was asynchronous, and the operation was canceled by the Cancel operation before it completed successfully

Operation Not Supported

The operation requested by the request message is not supported by the server

Permission Denied

Client is not allowed to perform the specified operation

PKCS#11 Codec Error

There is a Codec error in the Input parameter

PKCS#11 Invalid Function

The PKCS function is not in the interface

PKCS#11 Invalid Interface

The interface is unknown or unavailable in the

server

Protection Storage Unavailable, Private Protection Storage Unavailable, Public Protection Storage Unavailable

The operation could not be completed with the protections requested (or defaulted).

Read Only Attribute

Attempt to set a Read Only Attribute

Response Too Large

Maximum Response Size has been exceeded

Sensitive

Sensitive keys may not be retrieved unwrapped

Server Limit Exceeded

Some limit on the server such as database size has been exceeded

Unknown Enumeration

An enumerated value is not known by the server

Unknown Message Extension

The server does not support the supplied Message Extension

Unknown Object Group

<insert>

Unknown Tag

A tag is not known by the server

Unsupported Attribute

Attribute is valid in the specification but unsupported by the Server

Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters

Cryptographic Parameters are valid in the specification but unsupported by the Server

Unsupported Protocol Version

The operation cannot be performed with the provided protocol version

Usage Limit Exceeded

The usage limits or request count has been exceeded

Wrapping Object Archived

Wrapping Object is archived

Wrapping Object Destroyed

The object exists, but is destroyed

Wrapping Object Not Found

Wrapping object does not exist

Wrong Key Lifecycle State

The key lifecycle state is invalid for the operation, for example not Active for an Encrypt operation

General failure

The request failed for a reason other than any other reason enumeration value.

Table 478: Result Reason Encoding Descriptions

Result Reason

Name

Value

Item Not Found

00000001

Response Too Large

00000002

Authentication Not Successful

00000003

Invalid Message

00000004

Operation Not Supported

00000005

Missing Data

00000006

Invalid Field

00000007

Feature Not Supported

00000008

Operation Canceled By Requester

00000009

Cryptographic Failure

0000000A

(Reserved)

0000000B

Permission Denied

0000000C

Object Archived

0000000D

(Reserved)

0000000E

Application Namespace Not Supported

0000000F

Key Format Type Not Supported

00000010

Key Compression Type Not Supported

00000011

Encoding Option Error

00000012

Key Value Not Present

00000013

Attestation Required

00000014

Attestation Failed

00000015

Sensitive

00000016

Not Extractable

00000017

Object Already Exists

00000018

Invalid Ticket

00000019

Usage Limit Exceeded

0000001A

Numeric Range

0000001B

Invalid Data Type

0000001C

Read Only Attribute

0000001D

Multi Valued Attribute

0000001E

Unsupported Attribute

0000001F

Attribute Instance Not Found

00000020

Attribute Not Found

00000021

Attribute Read Only

00000022

Attribute Single Valued

00000023

Bad Cryptographic Parameters

00000024

Bad Password

00000025

Codec Error

00000026

(Reserved)

00000027

Illegal Object Type

00000028

Incompatible Cryptographic Usage Mask

00000029

Internal Server Error

0000002A

Invalid Asynchronous Correlation Value

0000002B

Invalid Attribute

0000002C

Invalid Attribute Value

0000002D

Invalid Correlation Value

0000002E

Invalid CSR

0000002F

Invalid Object Type

00000030

(Reserved)

00000031

Key Wrap Type Not Supported

00000032

(Reserved)

00000033

Missing Initialization Vector

00000034

Non Unique Name Attribute

00000035

Object Destroyed

00000036

Object Not Found

00000037

(Reserved)

00000038

Not Authorised

00000039

Server Limit Exceeded

0000003A

Unknown Enumeration

0000003B

Unknown Message Extension

0000003C

Unknown Tag

0000003D

Unsupported Cryptographic Parameters

0000003E

Unsupported Protocol Version

0000003F

Wrapping Object Archived

00000040

Wrapping Object Destroyed

00000041

Wrapping Object Not Found

00000042

Wrong Key Lifecycle State

00000043

Protection Storage Unavailable

00000044

PKCS#11 Codec Error

00000045

PKCS#11 Invalid Function

00000046

PKCS#11 Invalid Interface

00000047

Private Protection Storage Unavailable

00000048

Public Protection Storage Unavailable

00000049

Unknown Object Group

0000004A

Constraint Violation

0000004B

Duplicate Process Request

0000004C

General Failure

00000100

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 479: Result Reason Enumeration

11.47 Result Status Enumeration

Result Status

Name

Value

Success

00000000

Operation Failed

00000001

Operation Pending

00000002

Operation Undone

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 480: Result Status Enumeration

11.48 Revocation Reason Code Enumeration

Revocation Reason Code

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Key Compromise

00000002

CA Compromise

00000003

Affiliation Changed

00000004

Superseded

00000005

Cessation of Operation

00000006

Privilege Withdrawn

00000007

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 481: Revocation Reason Code Enumeration

11.49 RNG Algorithm Enumeration

RNG Algorithm

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

FIPS 186-2

00000002

DRBG

00000003

NRBG

00000004

ANSI X9.31

00000005

ANSI X9.62

00000006

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Note: the user should be aware that a number of these algorithms are no longer recommended for general use and/or are deprecated. They are included for completeness.

11.50 RNG Mode Enumeration

RNG Mode

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Shared Instantiation

00000002

Non-Shared Instantiation

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

11.51 Rotate Name Type Enumeration

Name Type

Name

Value

Uninterpreted Text String

00000001

URI

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 482: Rotate Name Type Enumeration

11.52 Secret Data Type Enumeration

Secret Data Type

Name

Value

Password

00000001

Seed

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 483: Secret Data Type Enumeration

11.53 Shredding Algorithm Enumeration

Shredding Algorithm

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Cryptographic

00000002

Unsupported

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 484: Shredding Algorithm Enumeration

11.54 Split Key Method Enumeration

Split Key Method

Name

Value

XOR

00000001

Polynomial Sharing GF (216)

00000002

Polynomial Sharing Prime Field

00000003

Polynomial Sharing GF (28)

00000004

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 485: Split Key Method Enumeration

11.55 State Enumeration

State

Name

Value

Pre-Active

00000001

Active

00000002

Deactivated

00000003

Compromised

00000004

Destroyed

00000005

Destroyed Compromised

00000006

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 486: State Enumeration

11.56 Tag Enumeration

All tags SHALL contain either the value 42 in hex or the value 54 in hex as the first byte of a three (3) byte enumeration value. Tags defined by this specification contain hex 42 in the first byte. Extensions contain the value 54 hex in the first byte.

Tag

Name

Value

(Unused)

000000 - 420000

Activation Date

420001

Application Data

420002

Application Namespace

420003

Application Specific Information

420004

Archive Date

420005

Asynchronous Correlation Value

420006

Asynchronous Indicator

420007

Attribute

420008

(Reserved)

420009

Attribute Name

42000A

Attribute Value

42000B

Authentication

42000C

Batch Count

42000D

Batch Error Continuation Option

42000E

Batch Item

42000F

Batch Order Option

420010

Block Cipher Mode

420011

Cancellation Result

420012

Certificate

420013

(Reserved)

420014

(Reserved)

420015

(Reserved)

420016

(Reserved)

420017

Certificate Request

420018

Certificate Request Type

420019

(Reserved)

42001A

(Reserved)

42001B

(Reserved)

42001C

Certificate Type

42001D

Certificate Value

42001E

(Reserved)

42001F

Compromise  Date

420020

Compromise Occurrence Date

420021

Contact Information

420022

Credential

420023

Credential Type

420024

Credential Value

420025

Criticality Indicator

420026

CRT Coefficient

420027

Cryptographic Algorithm

420028

Cryptographic Domain Parameters

420029

Cryptographic Length

42002A

Cryptographic Parameters

42002B

Cryptographic Usage Mask

42002C

(Reserved)

42002D

D

42002E

Deactivation Date

42002F

Derivation Data

420030

Derivation Method

420031

Derivation Parameters

420032

Destroy Date

420033

Digest

420034

Digest Value

420035

Encryption Key Information

420036

G

420037

Hashing Algorithm

420038

Initial Date

420039

Initialization Vector

42003A

(Reserved)

42003B

Iteration Count

42003C

IV/Counter/Nonce

42003D

J

42003E

Key

42003F

Key Block

420040

Key Compression Type

420041

Key Format Type

420042

Key Material

420043

Key Part Identifier

420044

Key Value

420045

Key Wrapping Data

420046

Key Wrapping Specification

420047

Last Change Date

420048

Lease Time

420049

Link

42004A

Link Type

42004B

Linked Object Identifier

42004C

MAC/Signature

42004D

MAC/Signature Key Information

42004E

Maximum Items

42004F

Maximum Response Size

420050

Message Extension

420051

Modulus

420052

Name

420053

Name Type

420054

Name Value

420055

Object Group

420056

Object Type

420057

Offset

420058

Opaque Data Type

420059

Opaque Data Value

42005A

Opaque Object

42005B

Operation

42005C

(Reserved)

42005D

P

42005E

Padding Method

42005F

Prime Exponent P

420060

Prime Exponent Q

420061

Prime Field Size

420062

Private Exponent

420063

Private Key

420064

 (Reserved)

420065

Private Key Unique Identifier

420066

Process Start Date

420067

Protect Stop Date

420068

Protocol Version

420069

Protocol Version Major

42006A

Protocol Version Minor

42006B

Public Exponent

42006C

Public Key

42006D

(Reserved)

42006E

Public Key Unique Identifier

42006F

Put Function

420070

Q

420071

Q String

420072

Qlength

420073

Query Function

420074

Recommended Curve

420075

Replaced Unique Identifier

420076

Request Header

420077

Request Message

420078

Request Payload

420079

Response Header

42007A

Response Message

42007B

Response Payload

42007C

Result Message

42007D

Result Reason

42007E

Result Status

42007F

Revocation Message

420080

Revocation Reason

420081

Revocation Reason Code

420082

Key Role Type

420083

Salt

420084

Secret Data

420085

Secret Data Type

420086

(Reserved)

420087

Server Information

420088

Split Key

420089

Split Key Method

42008A

Split Key Parts

42008B

Split Key Threshold

42008C

State

42008D

Storage Status Mask

42008E

Symmetric Key

42008F

(Reserved)

420090

(Reserved)

420091

Time Stamp

420092

Unique Batch Item ID

420093

Unique Identifier

420094

Usage Limits

420095

Usage Limits Count

420096

Usage Limits Total

420097

Usage Limits Unit

420098

Username

420099

Validity Date

42009A

Validity Indicator

42009B

Vendor Extension

42009C

Vendor Identification

42009D

Wrapping Method

42009E

X

42009F

Y

4200A0

Password

4200A1

Device Identifier

4200A2

Encoding Option

4200A3

Extension Information

4200A4

Extension Name

4200A5

Extension Tag

4200A6

Extension Type

4200A7

Fresh

4200A8

Machine Identifier

4200A9

Media Identifier

4200AA

Network Identifier

4200AB

Object Group Member

4200AC

Certificate Length

4200AD

Digital Signature Algorithm

4200AE

Certificate Serial Number

4200AF

Device Serial Number

4200B0

Issuer Alternative Name

4200B1

Issuer Distinguished Name

4200B2

Subject Alternative Name

4200B3

Subject Distinguished Name

4200B4

X.509 Certificate Identifier

4200B5

X.509 Certificate Issuer

4200B6

X.509 Certificate Subject

4200B7

Key Value Location

4200B8

Key Value Location Value

4200B9

Key Value Location Type

4200BA

Key Value Present

4200BB

Original Creation Date

4200BC

PGP Key

4200BD

PGP Key Version

4200BE

Alternative Name

4200BF

Alternative Name Value

4200C0

Alternative Name Type

4200C1

Data

4200C2

Signature Data

4200C3

Data Length

4200C4

Random IV

4200C5

MAC Data

4200C6

Attestation Type

4200C7

Nonce

4200C8

Nonce ID

4200C9

Nonce Value

4200CA

Attestation Measurement

4200CB

Attestation Assertion

4200CC

IV Length

4200CD

Tag Length

4200CE

Fixed Field Length

4200CF

Counter Length

4200D0

Initial Counter Value

4200D1

Invocation Field Length

4200D2

Attestation Capable Indicator

4200D3

Offset Items

4200D4

Located Items

4200D5

Correlation Value

4200D6

Init Indicator

4200D7

Final Indicator

4200D8

RNG Parameters

4200D9

RNG Algorithm

4200DA

DRBG Algorithm

4200DB

FIPS186 Variation

4200DC

Prediction Resistance

4200DD

Random Number Generator

4200DE

Validation Information

4200DF

Validation Authority Type

4200E0

Validation Authority Country

4200E1

Validation Authority URI

4200E2

Validation Version Major

4200E3

Validation Version Minor

4200E4

Validation Type

4200E5

Validation Level

4200E6

Validation Certificate Identifier

4200E7

Validation Certificate URI

4200E8

Validation Vendor URI

4200E9

Validation Profile

4200EA

Profile Information

4200EB

Profile Name

4200EC

Server URI

4200ED

Server Port

4200EE

Streaming Capability

4200EF

Asynchronous Capability

4200F0

Attestation Capability

4200F1

Unwrap Mode

4200F2

Destroy Action

4200F3

Shredding Algorithm

4200F4

RNG Mode

4200F5

Client Registration Method

4200F6

Capability Information

4200F7

Key Wrap Type

4200F8

Batch Undo Capability

4200F9

Batch Continue Capability

4200FA

PKCS#12 Friendly Name

4200FB

Description

4200FC

Comment

4200FD

Authenticated

Encryption Additional Data

4200FE

Authenticated Encryption Tag

4200FF

Salt Length

420100

Mask Generator

420101

Mask Generator Hashing Algorithm

420102

P Source

420103

Trailer Field

420104

Client Correlation Value

420105

Server Correlation Value

420106

Digested Data

420107

Certificate Subject CN

420108

Certificate Subject O

420109

Certificate Subject OU

42010A

Certificate Subject Email

42010B

Certificate Subject C

42010C

Certificate Subject ST

42010D

Certificate Subject L

42010E

Certificate Subject UID

42010F

Certificate Subject Serial Number

420110

Certificate Subject Title

420111

Certificate Subject DC

420112

Certificate Subject DN Qualifier

420113

Certificate Issuer CN

420114

Certificate Issuer O

420115

Certificate Issuer OU

420116

Certificate Issuer Email

420117

Certificate Issuer C

420118

Certificate Issuer ST

420119

Certificate Issuer L

42011A

Certificate Issuer UID

42011B

Certificate Issuer Serial Number

42011C

Certificate Issuer Title

42011D

Certificate Issuer DC

42011E

Certificate Issuer DN Qualifier

42011F

Sensitive

420120

Always Sensitive

420121

Extractable

420122

Never Extractable

420123

Replace Existing

420124

Attributes

420125

Common Attributes

420126

Private Key Attributes

420127

Public Key Attributes

420128

Extension Enumeration

420129

Extension Attribute

42012A

Extension Parent Structure Tag

42012B

Extension Description

42012C

Server Name

42012D

Server Serial Number

42012E

Server Version

42012F

Server Load

420130

Product Name

420131

Build Level

420132

Build Date

420133

Cluster Info

420134

Alternate Failover Endpoints

420135

Short Unique Identifier

420136

Reserved

420137

Tag

420138

Certificate Request Unique Identifier

420139

NIST Key Type

42013A

Attribute Reference

42013B

Current Attribute

42013C

New Attribute

42013D

(Reserved)

42013E

(Reserved)

42013F

Certificate Request Value

420140

Log Message

420141

Profile Version

420142

Profile Version Major

420143

Profile Version Minor

420144

Protection Level

420145

Protection Period

420146

Quantum Safe

420147

Quantum Safe Capability

420148

Ticket

420149

Ticket Type

42014A

Ticket Value

42014B

Request Count

42014C

Rights

42014D

Objects

42014E

Operations

42014F

Right

420150

Endpoint Role

420151

Defaults Information

420152

Object Defaults

420153

Ephemeral

420154

Server Hashed Password

420155

One Time Password

420156

Hashed Password

420157

Adjustment Type

420158

PKCS#11 Interface

420159

PKCS#11 Function

42015A

PKCS#11 Input Parameters

42015B

PKCS#11 Output Parameters

42015C

PKCS#11 Return Code

42015D

Protection Storage Mask

42015E

Protection Storage Masks

42015F

Interop Function

420160

Interop Identifier

420161

Adjustment Value

420162

Common Protection Storage Masks

420163

Private Protection Storage Masks

420164

Public Protection Storage Masks

420165

Object Groups

420166

Object Types

420167

Constraints

420168

Constraint

420169

Rotate Interval

0x42016A

Rotate Automatic

0x42016B

Rotate Offset

0x42016C

Rotate Date

0x42016D

Rotate Generation

0x42016E

Rotate Name

0x42016F

Rotate Name Value

0x420170

Rotate Name Type

0x420171

Rotate Latest

0x420172

Asynchronous Request

0x420173

Submission Date

0x420174

Processing Stage

0x420175

Asynchronous Correlation Values

0x420176

(Reserved)

420XXX – 42FFFF

(Unused)

430000 – 53FFFF

Extensions

540000 – 54FFFF

(Unused)

550000 - FFFFFF

Table 487: Tag Enumeration

11.57 Ticket Type Enumeration

State

Name

Value

Login

00000001

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 488: Ticket Type Enumeration

11.58 Unique Identifier Enumeration

The following values may be specified in an operation request for a Unique Identifier: If multiple unique identifiers would be referenced then the operation is repeated for each of them. If an operation appears multiple times in a request, it is the most recent that is referred to.

Unique Identifier Enumerations

Name

Value

ID Placeholder

00000001

Certify

00000002

Create

00000003

Create Key Pair

00000004

Create Key Pair Private Key

00000005

Create Key Pair Public Key

00000006

Create Split Key

00000007

Derive Key

00000008

Import

00000009

Join Split Key

0000000A

Locate

0000000B

Register

0000000C

Re-key

0000000D

Re-certify

0000000E

Re-key Key Pair

0000000F

Re-key Key Pair Private Key

00000010

Re-key Key Pair Public Key

00000011

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 489: Unique Identifier Enumeration

11.59 Unwrap Mode Enumeration

Unwrap Mode

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Processed

00000002

Not Processed

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 490: Unwrap Mode Enumeration

11.60 Usage Limits Unit Enumeration

Usage Limits Unit

Name

Value

Byte

00000001

Object

00000002

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 491: Usage Limits Unit Enumeration

11.61 Validity Indicator Enumeration

Validity Indicator

Name

Value

Valid

00000001

Invalid

00000002

Unknown

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 492: Validity Indicator Enumeration

11.62 Wrapping Method Enumeration

The following wrapping methods are currently defined:

Value

Description

Encrypt only

encryption using a symmetric key or public key, or authenticated encryption algorithms that use a single key

MAC/sign only

either MACing the Key Value with a symmetric key, or signing the Key Value with a private key

Encrypt then MAC/sign

 

MAC/sign then encrypt.

 

TR-31

 

Extensions

 

Table 493: Key Wrapping Methods Description

 

Wrapping Method

Name

Value

Encrypt

00000001

MAC/sign

00000002

Encrypt then MAC/sign

00000003

MAC/sign then encrypt

00000004

TR-31

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

Table 494: Wrapping Method Enumeration

11.63 Validation Authority Type Enumeration

Validation Authority Type

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

NIST CMVP

00000002

Common Criteria

00000003

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

11.64 Validation Type Enumeration

Validation Type

Name

Value

Unspecified

00000001

Hardware

00000002

Software

00000003

Firmware

00000004

Hybrid

00000005

Extensions

8XXXXXXX

 

12 Bit Masks

All mask values SHALL be encoded as Integers in TTLV encoding and SHALL be encoded as Integers but in symbolic form in XML and JSON encodings.

12.1 Cryptographic Usage Mask

The following Cryptographic Usage Masks are currently defined:

Value

Description

Valid KMIP Server Operation

Sign

Allow for signing. Applies to Sign operation. Valid for PGP Key, Private Key

Yes

Verify

Allow for signature verification. Applies to Signature Verify and Validate operations. Valid for PGP Key, Certificate and Public Key.

Yes

Encrypt

Allow for encryption. Applies to Encrypt operation. Valid for PGP Key, Private Key, Public Key and Symmetric Key. Encryption for the purpose of wrapping is separate Wrap Key value.

Yes

Decrypt

Allow for decryption. Applies to Decrypt operation. Valid for PGP Key, Private Key, Public Key and Symmetric Key. Decryption for the purpose of unwrapping is separate Unwrap Key value.

Yes

Wrap Key

Allow for key wrapping. Applies to Get operation when wrapping is required by Wrapping Specification is provided on the object used to Wrap. Valid for PGP Key, Private Key and Symmetric Key. Note: even if the underlying wrapping mechanism is encryption, this value is logically separate.

Yes

Unwrap Key

Allow for key unwrapping. Applies to Get operation when unwrapping is required on the object used to Unwrap.  Valid for PGP Key, Private Key, Public Key and Symmetric Key. Not interchangeable with Decrypt. Note: even if the underlying unwrapping mechanism is decryption, this value is logically separate.

Yes

(Reserved)

 

 

MAC Generate

Allow for MAC generation. Applies to MAC operation. Valid for Symmetric Keys

Yes

MAC Verify

Allow for MAC verification. Applies to MAC Verify operation. Valid for Symmetric Keys

Yes

Derive Key

Allow for key derivation. Applied to Derive Key operation. Valid for PGP Keys, Private Keys, Public Keys, Secret Data and Symmetric Keys.

Yes

Key Agreement

Allow for Key Agreement. Valid for PGP Keys, Private Keys, Public Keys, Secret Data and Symmetric Keys

No

Certificate Sign

Allow for Certificate Signing. Applies to Certify operation on a private key. Valid for Private Keys.

Yes

CRL Sign

Allow for CRL Sign. Valid for Private Keys

Yes

Authenticate

Allow for Authentication. Valid for Secret Data.

Yes

Unrestricted

Cryptographic Usage Mask contains no Usage Restrictions.

Yes

FPE Encrypt

Allow for Format Preserving Encrypt. Valid for Symmetric Keys, Public Keys and Private Keys

Yes

FPE Decrypt

Allow for Format Preserving Decrypt. Valid for Symmetric Keys, Public Keys and Private Keys

Yes

Extensions

Extensions

 

Table 495: Cryptographic Usage Masks Description

 

Cryptographic Usage Mask

Name

Value

Sign

00000001

Verify

00000002

Encrypt

00000004

Decrypt

00000008

Wrap Key

00000010

Unwrap Key

00000020

(Reserved)

00000040

MAC Generate

00000080

MAC Verify

00000100

Derive Key

00000200

(Reserved)

00000400

Key Agreement

00000800

Certificate Sign

00001000

CRL Sign

00002000

(Reserved)

00004000

(Reserved)

00008000

(Reserved)

00010000

(Reserved)

00020000

(Reserved)

00040000

(Reserved)

00080000

Authenticate

00100000

Unrestricted

00200000

FPE Encrypt

00400000

FPE Decrypt

00800000

Extensions

XXX00000

Table 496: Cryptographic Usage Mask enumerations

This list takes into consideration values which MAY appear in the Key Usage extension in an X.509 certificate.

12.2 Protection Storage Mask

Protection Storage Mask

Name

Value

Software

00000001

Hardware

00000002

On Processor

00000004

On System

00000008

Off System

00000010

Hypervisor

00000020

Operating System

00000040

Container

00000080

On Premises

00000100

Off Premises

00000200

Self Managed

00000400

Outsourced

00000800

Validated

00001000

Same Jurisdiction

00002000

Extensions

XXXXXXX0

Table 497: Protection Storage Mask enumerations

12.3 Storage Status Mask

Storage Status Mask

Name

Value

On-line storage

00000001

Archival storage

00000002

Destroyed storage

00000004

Extensions

XXXXXXX0

Table 498: Storage Status Mask enumerations

13 Algorithm Implementation

13.1 Split Key Algorithms

There are three Split Key Methods for secret sharing: the first one is based on XOR, and the other two are based on polynomial secret sharing, according to [w1979].

Let L be the minimum number of bits needed to represent all values of the secret.

·         When the Split Key Method is XOR, then the Key Material in the Key Value of the Key Block is of length L bits. The number of split keys is Split Key Parts (identical to Split Key Threshold), and the secret is reconstructed by XORing all of the parts.

·         When the Split Key Method is Polynomial Sharing Prime Field, then secret sharing is performed in the field GF(Prime Field Size), represented as integers, where Prime Field Size is a prime bigger than 2L.

·         When the Split Key Method is Polynomial Sharing GF(216), then secret sharing is performed in the field GF(216). The Key Material in the Key Value of the Key Block is a bit string of length L, and when L is bigger than 216, then secret sharing is applied piecewise in pieces of 16 bits each. The Key Material in the Key Value of the Key Block is the concatenation of the corresponding shares of all pieces of the secret.

Secret sharing is performed in the field GF(216), which is represented as an algebraic extension of GF(28):

GF(216) ≈ GF(28) [y]/(y2+y+m),    where m is defined later.

An element of this field then consists of a linear combination uy + v, where u and v are elements of the smaller field GF(28).

The representation of field elements and the notation in this section rely on [FIPS197], Sections 3 and 4. The field GF(28) is as described in a format consistent with [FIPS197],

GF(28) ≈ 285 - x8+x4+x3+x2+1.

An element of GF(28) is represented as a byte. Addition and subtraction in GF(28) is performed as a bit-wise XOR of the bytes. Multiplication and inversion are more complex (see [FIPS197] Section 4.1 and 4.2 for details).

An element of GF(216) is represented as a pair of bytes (u, v). The element m is given by

m = x5+x4+x3+x,

which is represented by the byte 0x3A (or {3A} in notation according to [FIPS197]).

Addition and subtraction in GF(216) both correspond to simply XORing the bytes. The product of two elements ry + s and uy + v  is given by

(ry + s) (uy + v) = ((r + s)(u + v) + sv)y  + (ru + svm).

The inverse of an element uy + v is given by

(uy + v)-1 = ud-1y + (u + v)d-1,  where  d = (u + v)v + mu2.

 

14 KMIP Client and Server Implementation Conformance

14.1 KMIP Client Implementation Conformance

An implementation is a conforming KMIP Client if the implementation meets the conditions specified in one or more client profiles specified in [KMIP-Prof].

A KMIP client implementation SHALL be a conforming KMIP Client.

If a KMIP client implementation claims support for a particular client profile, then the implementation SHALL conform to all normative statements within the clauses specified for that profile and for any subclauses to each of those clauses.

 

14.2 KMIP Server Implementation Conformance

An implementation is a conforming KMIP Server if the implementation meets the conditions specified in one or more server profiles specified in [KMIP-Prof].

A KMIP server implementation SHALL be a conforming KMIP Server.

If a KMIP server implementation claims support for a particular server profile, then the implementation SHALL conform to all normative statements within the clauses specified for that profile and for any subclauses to each of those clauses.

Appendix A. Acknowledgments

The following individuals have participated in the creation of this specification and are gratefully acknowledged:

Participants:

Rinkesh Bansal - IBM

Jeff Bartell - Individual

Gabriel Becker - KRYPTUS

Andre Bereza - KRYPTUS

Anthony Berglas - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Mathias Bjorkqvist - IBM

Joseph Brand - Semper Fortis Solutions

Alan Brown - Thales e-Security

Andrew Byrne - Dell

Tim Chevalier - NetApp

Kenli Chong - QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Justin Corlett - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Tony Cox - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

James Crossland - Northrop Grumman

Stephen Edwards - Semper Fortis Solutions

Stan Feather - Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Indra Fitzgerald - Utimaco IS GmbH

Judith Furlong - Dell

Gary Gardner - Fornetix

Susan Gleeson - Oracle

Steve He - Thales e-Security

Christopher Hillier - Hewlett Packard Enterprise (HPE)

Tim Hudson - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Nitin Jain - SafeNet, Inc.

Gershon Janssen - Individual

Mark Joseph - P6R, Inc

Paul Lechner - KeyNexus Inc

John Leiseboer - QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Jarrett Lu - Oracle

Jeff MacMillan - KeyNexus Inc

John Major - QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Cecilia Majorel - Quintessence Labs

Gabriel Mandaji - KRYPTUS

Jon Mentzell - Fornetix

Prashant Mestri - IBM

Kevin Mooney - Fornetix

Ladan Nekuii - Thales e-Security

Jason Novecosky - KeyNexus Inc

Matt O'reilly - Fornetix

Sanjay Panchal - IBM

Mahesh Paradkar - IBM

Steve Pate - Thales e-Security

Greg Pepus - Semper Fortis Solutions

Bruce Rich - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Thad Roemer - Dyadic Security Ltd.

Thad Roemer - Unbound Tech

Greg Scott - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Martin Shannon - QuintessenceLabs Pty Ltd.

Gerald Stueve - Fornetix

Jim Susoy - P6R, Inc

Jason Thatcher - Cryptsoft Pty Ltd.

Peter Tsai - Thales e-Security

Charles White - Fornetix

Steven Wierenga - Utimaco IS GmbH

Kyle Wuolle - KeyNexus Inc

Appendix B. Acronyms

The following abbreviations and acronyms are used in this document:

 

Item

Description

3DES

Triple Data Encryption Standard specified in ANSI X9.52

AES

Advanced Encryption Standard specified in [FIPS197]FIPS 197

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation One specified in ITU-T X.680

BDK

Base Derivation Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

CA

Certification Authority

CBC

Cipher Block Chaining

CCM

Counter with CBC-MAC specified in [SP800-38C]

CFB

Cipher Feedback specified in [SP800-38A]

CMAC

Cipher-based MAC specified in [SP800-38B]

CMC

Certificate Management Messages over CMS specified in [RFC5272]

CMP

Certificate Management Protocol specified in [RFC4210]

CPU

Central Processing Unit

CRL

Certificate Revocation List specified in [RFC5280]

CRMF

Certificate Request Message Format specified in [RFC4211]

CRT

Chinese Remainder Theorem

CTR

Counter specified in [SP800-38A]

CVK

Card Verification Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

DEK

Data Encryption Key

DER

Distinguished Encoding Rules specified in ITU-T X.690

DES

Data Encryption Standard specified in FIPS 46-3

DH

Diffie-Hellman specified in ANSI X9.42

DNS

Domain Name Server

DSA

Digital Signature Algorithm specified in FIPS 186-3

DSKPP

Dynamic Symmetric Key Provisioning Protocol

ECB

Electronic Code Book

ECDH

Elliptic Curve Diffie-Hellman specified in [X9.63][SP800-56A]

ECDSA

Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm specified in [X9.62]

ECMQV

Elliptic Curve Menezes Qu Vanstone specified in [X9.63][SP800-56A]

FFC

Finite Field Cryptography

FIPS

Federal Information Processing Standard

GCM

Galois/Counter Mode specified in [SP800-38D]

GF

Galois field (or finite field)

HKDF

HMAC-based Extract-and-Expand Key Derivation Function (HKDF) [RFC5869]

HMAC

Keyed-Hash Message Authentication Code specified in [FIPS198-1][RFC2104]

HTTP

Hyper Text Transfer Protocol

HTTP(S)

Hyper Text Transfer Protocol (Secure socket)

IEEE

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IETF

Internet Engineering Task Force

IP

Internet Protocol

IPsec

Internet Protocol Security

IV

Initialization Vector

KEK

Key Encryption Key

KMIP

Key Management Interoperability Protocol

MAC

Message Authentication Code

MKAC

EMV/chip card Master Key: Application Cryptograms specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKCP

EMV/chip card Master Key: Card Personalization specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKDAC

EMV/chip card Master Key: Data Authentication Code specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKDN

EMV/chip card Master Key: Dynamic Numbers specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKOTH

EMV/chip card Master Key: Other specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MKSMC

EMV/chip card Master Key: Secure Messaging for Confidentiality specified in X9 TR-31

MKSMI

EMV/chip card Master Key: Secure Messaging for Integrity specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

MD2

Message Digest 2 Algorithm specified in [RFC1319]

MD4

Message Digest 4 Algorithm specified in [RFC1320]

MD5

Message Digest 5 Algorithm specified in [RFC1321]

NIST

National Institute of Standards and Technology

OAEP

Optimal Asymmetric Encryption Padding specified in [PKCS#1]

OFB

Output Feedback specified in [SP800-38A]

PBKDF2

Password-Based Key Derivation Function 2 specified in [RFC2898]

PCBC

Propagating Cipher Block Chaining

PEM

Privacy Enhanced Mail specified in [RFC1421]

PGP

OpenPGP specified in [RFC4880]

PKCS

Public-Key Cryptography Standards

PKCS#1

RSA Cryptography Specification Version 2.1 specified in [RFC3447]

PKCS#5

Password-Based Cryptography Specification Version 2 specified in [RFC2898]

PKCS#8

Private-Key Information Syntax Specification Version 1.2 specified in Error! Reference source not found.

PKCS#10

Certification Request Syntax Specification Version 1.7 specified in [RFC2986]

PKCS#11

Cryptographic Token Interface Standard

PKCS#12

Personal Information Exchange Syntax

POSIX

Portable Operating System Interface

RFC

Request for Comments documents of IETF

RSA

Rivest, Shamir, Adelman (an algorithm)

RNG

Random Number Generator

SCEP

Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol

SCVP

Server-based Certificate Validation Protocol

SHA

Secure Hash Algorithm specified in FIPS 180-2

SP

Special Publication

SSL/TLS

Secure Sockets Layer/Transport Layer Security

S/MIME

Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions

TDEA

see 3DES

TCP

Transport Control Protocol

TTLV

Tag, Type, Length, Value

URI

Uniform Resource Identifier

UTC

Coordinated Universal Time

UTF-8

Universal Transformation Format 8-bit specified in [RFC3629]

XKMS

XML Key Management Specification

XML

Extensible Markup Language

XTS

XEX Tweakable Block Cipher with Ciphertext Stealing specified in [SP800-38E]

X.509

Public Key Certificate specified in [RFC5280]

ZPK

PIN Block Encryption Key specified in ANSI X9 TR-31

 

Appendix C. List of Figures and Tables

Figure 1: Cryptographic Object States and Transitions. 63

 

Table 1: Terminology. 15

Table 2: Certificate Object Structure. 19

Table 3: Certificate Request Structure. 19

Table 4: Opaque Object Structure. 19

Table 5: PGP Key Object Structure. 20

Table 6: Private Key Object Structure. 20

Table 7: Public Key Object Structure. 20

Table 8: Secret Data Object Structure. 20

Table 9: Split Key Object Structure. 21

Table 10: Symmetric Key Object Structure. 21

Table 11: Key Block Cryptographic Algorithm & Length Description. 22

Table 12: Key Block Object Structure. 22

Table 13: Key Value Object Structure. 23

Table 14: Key Wrapping Data Structure Description. 23

Table 15: Key Wrapping Data Object Structure. 24

Table 16: Encryption Key Information Object Structure. 24

Table 17: MAC/Signature Key Information Object Structure. 24

Table 18: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent Symmetric Keys. 25

Table 19: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DSA Private Keys. 25

Table 20: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DSA Public Keys. 25

Table 21: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent RSA Private Keys. 25

Table 22: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent RSA Public Keys. 26

Table 23: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DH Private Keys. 26

Table 24: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent DH Public Keys. 26

Table 25: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Private Keys. 27

Table 26: Key Material Object Structure for Transparent EC Public Keys. 27

Table 27: Attribute Rules. 29

Table 28: Default Cryptographic Parameters. 29

Table 29: Activation Date Attribute. 29

Table 30: Activation Date Attribute Rules. 30

Table 31: Alternative Name Attribute Structure. 30

Table 32: Alternative Name Attribute Rules. 30

Table 33: Always Sensitive Attribute. 30

Table 34: Always Sensitive Attribute Rules. 31

Table 35: Application Specific Information Attribute. 31

Table 36: Application Specific Information Attribute Rules. 31

Table 37: Archive Date Attribute. 32

Table 38: Archive Date Attribute Rules. 32

Table 39: Certificate Attributes. 33

Table 40: Certificate Attribute Rules. 33

Table 41: Certificate Type Attribute. 33

Table 42: Certificate Type Attribute Rules. 33

Table 43: Certificate Length Attribute. 34

Table 44: Certificate Length Attribute Rules. 34

Table 45: Comment Attribute. 34

Table 46: Comment Rules. 34

Table 47: Compromise Date Attribute. 35

Table 48: Compromise Date Attribute Rules. 35

Table 49: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute. 35

Table 50: Compromise Occurrence Date Attribute Rules. 35

Table 51: Contact Information Attribute. 35

Table 52: Contact Information Attribute Rules. 36

Table 53: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute. 36

Table 54: Cryptographic Algorithm Attribute Rules. 36

Table 55: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute Structure. 37

Table 56: Cryptographic Domain Parameters Attribute Rules. 37

Table 57: Cryptographic Length Attribute. 37

Table 58: Cryptographic Length Attribute Rules. 37

Table 59: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Structure. 39

Table 60: Cryptographic Parameters Attribute Rules. 40

Table 61: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute. 40

Table 62: Cryptographic Usage Mask Attribute Rules. 40

Table 63: Deactivation Date Attribute. 41

Table 64: Deactivation Date Attribute Rules. 41

Table 65: Description Attribute. 41

Table 66: Description Attribute Rules. 41

Table 67: Destroy Date Attribute. 42

Table 68: Destroy Date Attribute Rules. 42

Table 69: Digest Attribute Structure. 42

Table 70: Digest Attribute Rules. 43

Table 71: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute. 43

Table 72: Digital Signature Algorithm Attribute Rules. 43

Table 73: Extractable Attribute. 44

Table 74: Extractable Attribute Rules. 44

Table 75: Fresh Attribute. 44

Table 76: Fresh Attribute Rules. 44

Table 77: Initial Date Attribute. 44

Table 78: Initial Date Attribute Rules. 45

Table 79: Key Format Type Attribute. 45

Table 80: Key Format Type Attribute Rules. 45

Table 81: Default Key Format Type, by Object 46

Table 82: Key Value Location Attribute. 46

Table 83: Key Value Location Attribute Rules. 46

Table 84: Key Value Present Attribute. 47

Table 85: Key Value Present Attribute Rules. 47

Table 86: Last Change Date Attribute. 47

Table 87: Last Change Date Attribute Rules. 47

Table 88: Lease Time Attribute. 48

Table 89: Lease Time Attribute Rules. 48

Table 90: Linked Object Identifier encoding descriptions. 49

Table 91: Link Attribute Structure. 49

Table 92: Link Attribute Structure Rules. 49

Table 93: Name Attribute Structure. 49

Table 94: Name Attribute Rules. 50

Table 95: Never Extractable Attribute. 50

Table 96: Never Extractable Attribute Rules. 50

Table 97 SP800-57 Key Type Attribute. 50

Table 98 SP800-57 Key Type Attribute Rules. 51

Table 99: Object Group Attribute. 51

Table 100: Object Group Attribute Rules. 51

Table 101: Object Type Attribute. 51

Table 102: Object Type Attribute Rules. 52

Table 103: Opaque Data Type Attribute. 52

Table 104: Opaque Data Type Attribute Rules. 52

Table 105: Original Creation Date Attribute. 53

Table 106: Original Creation Date Attribute Rules. 53

Table 107: PKCS#12 Friendly Name Attribute. 53

Table 108: Friendly Name Attribute Rules. 53

Table 109: Process Start Date Attribute. 54

Table 110: Process Start Date Attribute Rules. 54

Table 111: Protect Stop Date Attribute. 54

Table 112: Protect Stop Date Attribute Rules. 55

Table 113: Protection Level Attribute. 55

Table 114: Protection Level Attribute Rules. 55

Table 115: Protection Period Attribute. 55

Table 116: Protection Period Attribute Rules. 55

Table 117: Protection Storage Mask. 56

Table 118: Protection Storage Mask Rules. 56

Table 119: Quantum Safe Attribute. 56

Table 120: Quantum Safe Attribute Rules. 56

Table 121: Random Number Generator Attribute. 57

Table 122: Random Number Generator Attribute Rules. 57

Table 123: Revocation Reason Attribute Structure. 57

Table 124: Revocation Reason Attribute Rules. 58

Table 125: Rotate Automatic Attribute. 58

Table 126: Rotate Automatic Attribute Rules. 58

Table 127: Rotate Date Attribute. 58

Table 128: Rotate Date Attribute Rules. 59

Table 129: Rotate Generation Attribute. 59

Table 130: Rotate Generation Attribute Rules. 59

Table 131: Rotate Interval Attribute. 59

Table 132: Rotate Interval Attribute Rules. 60

Table 133: Rotate Latest Attribute. 60

Table 134: Rotate Latest Attribute Rules. 60

Table 135: Rotate Name Attribute Structure. 60

Table 136: Rotate Name Attribute Rules. 61

Table 137: Rotate Offset Attribute. 61

Table 138: Rotate Offset Attribute Rules. 61

Table 139: Sensitive Attribute. 61

Table 140: Sensitive Attribute Rules. 62

Table 141: Unique Identifier Attribute. 62

Table 142: Short Unique Identifier Attribute Rules. 62

Table 143: State Attribute. 64

Table 144: State Attribute Rules. 65

Table 145: Unique Identifier encoding descriptions. 65

Table 146: Unique Identifier Attribute. 65

Table 147: Unique Identifier Attribute Rules. 66

Table 148;: Usage Limits Descriptions. 66

Table 149: Usage Limits Attribute Rules. 67

Table 150: Attribute Object Structure. 67

Table 151: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute Structure. 68

Table 152: X.509 Certificate Identifier Attribute Rules. 68

Table 153: X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Structure. 68

Table 154: X.509 Certificate Issuer Attribute Rules. 68

Table 155: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Structure. 69

Table 156: X.509 Certificate Subject Attribute Rules. 69

Table 157: Attributes Definition. 70

Table 158: Common Attributes Definition. 70

Table 159: Private Key Attributes Definition. 70

Table 160: Public Key Attributes Definition. 71

Table 161: Attribute Reference Definition. 71

Table 162: Current Attribute Definition. 71

Table 163: New Attribute Definition. 71

Table 164: Activate Request Payload. 73

Table 165: Activate Response Payload. 73

Table 166: Activate Errors. 73

Table 167: Add Attribute Request Payload. 74

Table 168: Add Attribute Response Payload. 74

Table 169: Add Attribute Errors. 74

Table 170: Adjust Attribute Request Payload. 75

Table 171: Adjust Attribute Response Payload. 75

Table 172: Adjust Attribute Errors. 75

Table 173: Archive Request Payload. 75

Table 174: Archive Response Payload. 76

Table 175: Archive Errors. 76

Table 176: Cancel Request Payload. 76

Table 177: Cancel Response Payload. 76

Table 178: Cancel Errors. 76

Table 179: Certify Request Payload. 77

Table 180: Certify Response Payload. 77

Table 181: Certify Errors. 78

Table 182: Check value description. 78

Table 183: Check Request Payload. 79

Table 184: Check Response Payload. 79

Table 185: Check Errors. 79

Table 186: Create Request Payload. 80

Table 187: Create Response Payload. 80

Table 188: Create Errors. 80

Table 189: Create Key Pair Request Payload. 81

Table 190: Create Key Pair Response Payload. 81

Table 191: Create Key Pair Attribute Requirements. 82

Table 192: Create Key Pair Errors. 82

Table 193: Create Split Key Request Payload. 83

Table 194: Create Split Key Response Payload. 83

Table 195: Create Split Key Errors. 83

Table 196: Decrypt Request Payload. 84

Table 197: Decrypt Response Payload. 85

Table 198: Decrypt Errors. 85

Table 199: Delegated Login Request Payload. 85

Table 200: Delegated Login Response Payload. 86

Table 201: Delegated Login Errors. 86

Table 202: Delete Attribute Request Payload. 86

Table 203: Delete Attribute Response Payload. 86

Table 204: Delete Attribute Errors. 87

Table 205: Derive Key Request Payload. 88

Table 206: Derive Key Response Payload. 88

Table 207: Derive Key Errors. 88

Table 208: Destroy Request Payload. 88

Table 209: Destroy Response Payload. 88

Table 210: Destroy Errors. 89

Table 211: Discover Versions Request Payload. 89

Table 212: Discover Versions Response Payload. 89

Table 213: Discover Versions Errors. 90

Table 214: Encrypt Request Payload. 91

Table 215: Encrypt Response Payload. 91

Table 216: Encrypt Errors. 92

Table 217: Export Request Payload. 92

Table 218: Export Response Payload. 92

Table 219: Export Errors. 93

Table 220: Get Request Payload. 94

Table 221: Get Response Payload. 94

Table 222: Get Errors. 94

Table 223: Get Attributes Request Payload. 95

Table 224: Get Attributes Response Payload. 95

Table 225: Get Attributes Errors. 95

Table 226: Get Attribute List Request Payload. 95

Table 227: Get Attribute List Response Payload. 96

Table 228: Get Attribute List Errors. 96

Table 229: Get Constraints Request Payload. 96

Table 230: Get Constraints Response Payload. 96

Table 231: Get Constraints Errors. 96

Table 232: Get Usage Allocation Request Payload. 97

Table 233: Get Usage Allocation Response Payload. 97

Table 234: Get Usage Allocation Errors. 97

Table 235: Hash Request Payload. 98

Table 236: Hash Response Payload. 98

Table 237: HASH Errors. 98

Table 238: Import Request Payload. 99

Table 239: Import Response Payload. 99

Table 240: Import Errors. 100

Table 241: Interop Request Payload. 100

Table 242: Interop Response Payload. 100

Table 243: Interop Errors. 100

Table 244: Join Split Key Request Payload. 101

Table 245: Join Split Key Response Payload. 101

Table 246: Join Split Key Errors. 101

Table 247: Locate Request Payload. 103

Table 248: Locate Response Payload. 103

Table 249: Locate Errors. 104

Table 250: Log Request Payload. 104

Table 251: Log Response Payload. 104

Table 252: Log Errors. 104

Table 253: Login Request Payload. 105

Table 254: Login Response Payload. 105

Table 255: Login Errors. 105

Table 256: Logout Request Payload. 105

Table 257: Logout Response Payload. 105

Table 258: Logout Errors. 105

Table 259: MAC Request Payload. 106

Table 260: MAC Response Payload. 107

Table 261: MAC Errors. 107

Table 262: MAC Verify Request Payload. 108

Table 263: MAC Verify Response Payload. 108

Table 264: MAC Verify Errors. 109

Table 265: Modify Attribute Request Payload. 109

Table 266: Modify Attribute Response Payload. 109

Table 267: Modify Attribute Errors. 110

Table 268: Obtain Lease Request Payload. 110

Table 269: Obtain Lease Response Payload. 110

Table 270: Obtain Lease Errors. 111

Table 271: Ping Request Payload. 111

Table 272: Ping Response Payload. 111

Table 273: PKCS#11 Request Payload. 111

Table 274: PKCS#11 Response Payload. 112

Table 275: PKCS#11 Errors. 112

Table 276: Poll Request Payload. 112

Table 277: Poll Errors. 113

Table 278: Process Request Payload. 113

Table 279: Process Response Payload. 113

Table 280: Process Request Errors. 113

Table 281: Query Functions. 114

Table 282: Query Request Payload. 115

Table 283: Query Response Payload. 116

Table 284: Query Errors. 116

Table 285: Query Asynchronous Requests Request Payload. 116

Table 286: PKCS#11 Response Payload. 116

Table 287: Query Asynchronous Requests Errors. 117

Table 288: Recover Request Payload. 117

Table 289: Recover Response Payload. 117

Table 290: Recover Errors. 117

Table 291: Register Request Payload. 118

Table 292: Register Response Payload. 118

Table 293: Register Attribute Requirements. 118

Table 294: Register Errors. 119

Table 295: Revoke Request Payload. 119

Table 296: Revoke Response Payload. 119

Table 297: Revoke Errors. 120

Table 298: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-certify. 120

Table 299: Re-certify Attribute Requirements. 121

Table 300: Re-certify Request Payload. 121

Table 301: Re-certify Response Payload. 121

Table 302: Re-certify Errors. 122

Table 303: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key. 122

Table 304: Re-key Attribute Requirements. 123

Table 305: Re-key Request Payload. 123

Table 306: Re-key Response Payload. 123

Table 307: Re-key Errors. 124

Table 308: Computing New Dates from Offset during Re-key Key Pair 124

Table 309: Re-key Key Pair Attribute Requirements. 125

Table 310: Re-key Key Pair Request Payload. 125

Table 311: Re-key Key Pair Response Payload. 126

Table 312: Re-key Key Pair Errors. 126

Table 313: Re-Provision Request Payload. 127

Table 314: Re-Provision Response Payload. 127

Table 315: RNG Retrieve Errors. 127

Table 316: RNG Retrieve Request Payload. 127

Table 317: RNG Retrieve Response Payload. 127

Table 318: RNG Retrieve Errors. 128

Table 319: RNG Seed Request Payload. 128

Table 320: RNG Seed Response Payload. 128

Table 321: RNG Seed Errors. 128

Table 322: Set Attribute Request Payload. 129

Table 323: Set Attribute Response Payload. 129

Table 324: Set Attribute Errors. 129

Table 325: Set Constraints Request Payload. 129

Table 326: Set Constraints Response Payload. 130

Table 327: Set Constraints Errors. 130

Table 328: Set Defaults Request Payload. 130

Table 329: Set Defaults Response Payload. 130

Table 330: Set Defaults Errors. 130

Table 331: Set Endpoint Role Request Payload. 131

Table 332: Set Endpoint Role Response Payload. 131

Table 333: Set Endpoint Role Errors. 131

Table 334: Sign Request Payload. 132

Table 335: Sign Response Payload. 133

Table 336: Sign Errors. 133

Table 337: Signature Verify Request Payload. 134

Table 338: Signature Verify Response Payload. 135

Table 339: Signature Verify Errors. 135

Table 340: Validate Request Payload. 136

Table 341: Validate Response Payload. 136

Table 342: Validate Errors. 136

Table 343: Discover Versions Request Payload. 137

Table 344: Discover Versions Errors. 137

Table 345: Notify Message Errors. 138

Table 346: Put Errors. 139

Table 347: Query Request Payload. 140

Table 348: Query Errors. 141

Table 349: Set Endpoint Role Request Payload. 141

Table 350: Set Endpoint Role Response Payload. 141

Table 351: Set Endpoint Role Errors. 141

Table 352 Asynchronous Correlation Values Structure. 142

Table 353 Asynchronous Request Structure. 142

Table 354 Authenticated Encryption Additional Data. 142

Table 355 Authenticated Encryption Tag. 142

Table 356: Capability Information Structure. 143

Table 357: Constraint Structure. 143

Table 358: Constraints Structure. 143

Table 359: Correlation Value Structure. 144

Table 360: Data encoding descriptions. 144

Table 361: Data. 144

Table 362: Data Length Structure. 144

Table 363: Defaults Information Structure. 144

Table 364: Derivation Parameters Structure. 145

Table 365: Extension Information Structure. 146

Table 366: Final Indicator Structure. 146

Table 367: Interop Function Structure. 146

Table 368: Interop Function Structure. 146

Table 369: Init Indicator Structure. 147

Table 370: Key Wrapping Specification Object Structure. 147

Table 371: Log Message Structure. 148

Table 372: MAC Data Structure. 148

Table 373: Objects Structure. 148

Table 374: Object Defaults Structure. 148

Table 375: Object Groups Structure. 148

Table 376: ObjectTypes Structure. 149

Table 377: Operations Structure. 149

Table 378: PKCS#11 Function Structure. 149

Table 379: PKCS#11 Input Parameters Structure. 149

Table 380: PKCS#11 Interface Structure. 149

Table 381: PKCS#11 Output Parameters Structure. 150

Table 382: PKCS#11 Return Code Structure. 150

Table 383: Profile Information Structure. 150

Table 384: Profile Version Structure. 150

Table 385: Protection Storage Mask Structure. 151

Table 386: Right Structure. 151

Table 387: Rights Structure. 151

Table 388: RNG Parameters Structure. 152

Table 389: Server Information Structure. 152

Table 390: Signature Data Structure. 153

Table 391: Ticket Structure. 153

Table 392: Usage limits Structure. 153

Table 393: Validation Information Structure. 154

Table 394: Request Message Structure. 155

Table 395: Request Header Structure. 156

Table 396: Request Batch Item Structure. 156

Table 397: Response Message Structure. 156

Table 398: Response Header Structure. 157

Table 399: Response Batch Item Structure. 157

Table 400: Asynchronous Correlation Value in Response Batch Item.. 158

Table 401: Asynchronous Indicator in Message Request Header 158

Table 402: Attestation Capable Indicator in Message Request Header 158

Table 403: Authentication Structure in Message Header 159

Table 404: Batch Count in Message Header 159

Table 405: Batch Error Continuation Option in Message Request Header 159

Table 406: Batch Item in Message. 159

Table 407: Batch Order Option in Message Request Header 159

Table 408: Client Correlation Value in Message Request Header 160

Table 409: Server Correlation Value in Message Request Header 160

Table 410: Credential Object Structure. 160

Table 411: Credential Value Structure for the Username and Password Credential 160

Table 412: Credential Value Structure for the Device Credential 161

Table 413: Credential Value Structure for the Attestation Credential 161

Table 414: Credential Value Structure for the One Time Password Credential 161

Table 415: Credential Value Structure for the Hashed Password Credential 162

Table 416: Credential Value Structure for the Ticket 162

Table 417: Maximum Response Size in Message Request Header 162

Table 418: Message Extension Structure in Batch Item.. 163

Table 419: Nonce Structure. 163

Table 420: Operation in Batch Item.. 163

Table 421: Protocol Version Structure in Message Header 163

Table 422: Result Message in Response Batch Item.. 164

Table 423: Result Reason in Response Batch Item.. 164

Table 424: Result Status in Response Batch Item.. 164

Table 425: Time Stamp in Message Header 164

Table 426: Unique Batch Item ID in Batch Item.. 165

Table 427: Allowed Item Length Values. 167

Table 428: Adjustment Type Descriptions. 169

Table 429: Adjustment Type Enumeration. 169

Table 430: Alternative Name Type Enumeration. 169

Table 431: Asynchronous Indicator Descriptions. 170

Table 432: Asynchronous Indicator Enumeration. 170

Table 433: Attestation Type Enumeration. 170

Table 434: Batch Error Continuation Option Descriptions. 171

Table 435: Batch Error Continuation Option Enumeration. 171

Table 436: Block Cipher Mode Enumeration. 172

Table 437: Cancellation Result Enumeration Descriptions. 172

Table 438: Cancellation Result Enumeration. 172

Table 439: Certificate Request Type Enumeration. 173

Table 440: Certificate Type Enumeration. 173

Table 441: Client Registration Method Enumeration Descriptions. 173

Table 442: Credential Type Enumeration. 174

Table 443: Cryptographic Algorithm Enumeration. 176

Table 444: Data Enumeration. 176

Table 445: Derivation Method Enumeration Descriptions. 177

Table 446: Derivation Method Enumeration. 177

Table 447: Digital Signature Algorithm Enumeration. 178

Table 448: DRGB Algorithm Enumeration. 179

Table 449: Encoding Option Description. 179

Table 450: Encoding Option Enumeration. 179

Table 451: Endpoint Role Description. 179

Table 452: Endpoint Role Enumeration. 180

Table 453: FIPS186 Variation Enumeration. 180

Table 454: Hashing Algorithm Enumeration. 180

Table 455: Interop Function Descriptions. 181

Table 456: Interop Function Enumeration. 181

Table 457: Item Type Descriptions. 181

Table 458: Item Type Enumeration. 182

Table 459: Key Compression Type Enumeration values. 182

Table 460: Key Format Types Description. 183

Table 461: Key Format Type Enumeration. 184

Table 462: Key Role Type Enumeration. 184

Table 463: Key Value Location Type Enumeration. 185

Table 464: Link Type Enumeration Descriptions. 185

Table 465: Link Type Enumeration. 186

Table 466: Name Type Enumeration. 187

Table 467: Object Group Member Enumeration. 188

Table 468: Object Type Enumeration. 188

Table 469: Opaque Data Type Enumeration. 188

Table 470: Operation Enumeration. 190

Table 471: Padding Method Enumeration. 190

Table 472: Processing Stage Enumeration. 191

Table 473: Profile Name Enumeration. 192

Table 474: Protection Level Enumeration. 192

Table 475: Put Function Enumeration. 193

Table 476: Query Function Enumeration. 193

Table 477: Recommended Curve Enumeration for ECDSA, ECDH, and ECMQV. 195

Table 478: Result Reason Encoding Descriptions. 199

Table 479: Result Reason Enumeration. 201

Table 480: Result Status Enumeration. 201

Table 481: Revocation Reason Code Enumeration. 201

Table 482: Rotate Name Type Enumeration. 202

Table 483: Secret Data Type Enumeration. 202

Table 484: Shredding Algorithm Enumeration. 203

Table 485: Split Key Method Enumeration. 203

Table 486: State Enumeration. 203

Table 487: Tag Enumeration. 214

Table 488: Ticket Type Enumeration. 214

Table 489: Unique Identifier Enumeration. 215

Table 490: Unwrap Mode Enumeration. 215

Table 491: Usage Limits Unit Enumeration. 215

Table 492: Validity Indicator Enumeration. 216

Table 493: Key Wrapping Methods Description. 216

Table 494: Wrapping Method Enumeration. 216

Table 495: Cryptographic Usage Masks Description. 219

Table 496: Cryptographic Usage Mask enumerations. 219

Table 497: Protection Storage Mask enumerations. 220

Table 498: Storage Status Mask enumerations. 220

 

Appendix D. Revision History

Revision

Date

Editor

Changes Made

WD01

July 30

Tony Cox

Initial Working Draft

WD02

August 12 2019

Tony Cox

Added the following proposals:

- Query Defaults Object Groups – approved 18th July 2019

- Query Defaults Object Types – approved 18th July 2019

- Set Defaults - approved 18th July 2019

- Set Constraints – approved 25th July 2019

- Rotate – approved 25th July 2019

WD03

September 5 2019

Tony Cox

Added the following proposals:

- Query Asynch – approved 29th August 2019

- Process Asynch proposal – approved 29th August 2019

Some minor editorial corrections

WD04

10 October 2019

Tony Cox

- Minor editorial corrections

- Added Rotate Name Type Enumeration

- Amended Tag Enumeration list

WD05

13 November 2019

Tony Cox

Added the following proposal:

- Ping – approved 7th November 2019

Removed “Key Management Domain” definition and replaced all instances with "key management server".

CSD01

12 December 2019

TC Admin

Published following TC Special Majority Vote

WD06

31 January 2020

Tony Cox

- Added Rotate Automatic Attribute

- Corrections to Attributes:

  - Rotate Date;

  - Rotate Generation Attributes

- Corrections to Operations:

  - Process;

  - Query Asynchronous Requests; and

  - Set Defaults

- Added Asynchronous Correlation Value Operation Data Structure

- Editorial corrections